Mother Nature Where Are You?

 War of 1812 img 3012 

Nebraska Dave don’t worry, I’m back.   Hopefully this post will get me back on GRIT in cyberspace.   

  img2647 

Between working several later shifts, flu, rain, garden tours, General Jackson War of 1812 return from New Orleans to Nashville via the Natchez Trace, Bar B Q cook offs, return to the land of the witch of Whistle Stop Junction, and working in the yard until dark, I’ve been seriously stressed for time.    

   IMG2698 

The week after the garden tours, we had a group of re-enactors to come into Tuscumbia following Gen Jackson’s march back to Nashville after Battle of New Orleans during the War of 1812.  The spent two weeks retracing the event up the Natchez Trace and along the way had educational opportunities with schools and the public.  A Facebook page diary detailed each day of the real march in  1813.  Without the help of the Native Americans along the way General Jackson and his men would have starved.  They were rewarded by Indian Removal Act in 1830 which forced approximately 100,000 Cherokees, Chickasaws, Choctaws, Creeks, and Seminoles to move from their homeland in the South to Oklahoma from 1830 to 1850.  Part of the event was a side trip to Tuscumbia Landing, a site from which Native Americans were removed by river.  It is usually a very emotional experience for descendents of those removed seeing the Landing with its face looking out to the river experience.   

   IMG2727 

   IMG2619   

   IMG2518  

Janice and I returned to the town where that woman called the law on us while we were driving around taking barn pictures to pick up my Hooligan tile and a Rosedale Garden stone for my front yard. Oh course I had to put an Auburn logo on it also along with a flower.  Mark and his wife Missy treated us to a fine lunch and took us to see some of the sites along the Jackson Military Road, burial mounds and the grave of an unknown soldier of 1812.    

  unknown soldier 3542 

   img2962 

   IMG2958 

   IMG2417 

   iMG2385 

   Tuscumbia Landing 3087 

   face in the rock 3311 

   Tuscumbia Landing 3345 

I was checking some of my flower photos from last year around the middle of April; I think Mother Nature has overslept this year.  My peonies are just starting to bloom.  Last year they were finished by this time and the iris were at the end of their bloom season.  This year they started blooming about a week ago.   

   corn planted in rain 6247  

   Rosedale Garden 3678 

My corn didn’t come up after 1.8 inches of rain, when the garden finally got dry enough to till again, I re-planted my corn as thick as fleas along the back of a hound dog.  I also planted pickling  and yard long cucumbers. The next morning on April 24,we had 1.98 inches of rain.  Fast forward to May 2, my brother Joe’s birthday, happy birthday bro, and so far no corn nor cucumbers.  The farmer I showed in my last post planting corn in the rain has a very nice stand.   I’m on vacation next week to work in the yard.  I haven’t mowed my three acres yet and it and my flower beds is a candidate for nature preserve.  A Yellow-breasted chat normally a shy bird living among dense brushy haunts built a nest under the eve of my greenhouse.  One of the fledglings instead of going out into the world somehow made it into the greenhouse. I propped the door and went back to the house and got a fine weave fishing net that I use for catching hummingbirds in Mom’s garage and caught the youngster.  I gave it a drink of water and as I walked out of the garage to turn it loose, it bit one of my fingers. When I finally got the little snapping turtle loose and let it go, it flew straight back into the greenhouse.  So after another chase, I catch it and it rewards me with another bite.  After turning it loose, it made a mad dash off toward the dry creek.   I’ve seen several birds in my yard that I haven’t seen before such as a Solitary Sandpiper.  

   Jurassic Park 4132 

   cinnamon girl 5339 

 Last weekend we had a BBQ cook in a rainy Tuscumbia.  I had fun just watching the kids playing in the water and around the train cars of the Tuscumbia depot. The adults didn’t enjoy the rain.

  

  img6092 

   yellow breasted char3918 

   yellow breasted chat 3931  

  sandpiper6224 

Construction is underway of turning my screen porch into a sunroom.  The deck has been built and the hot tub moved out of the room.  I put a doggie door in the deck wall, so hopefully the hooligans will go under the sunroom and deck during a storm instead of trying to break into the house.  Levi doesn’t like the fence around the deck at all.  He thinks he has to be near me and the fence is keeping him away when I’m on the deck.  

   img6375 

This weekend, I’m volunteering as a photographer for the 150th anniversary of the burning of LaGrange College by those scallywag Yankee soldiers on Sherman’s march to the sea.  The homes and plantations of the area were burnt to the ground around the area.  Tuscumbia had several homes to survive the march.  After that I can concentrate on weeding my garden and getting some more seeds started until the Helen Keller Festival. 

   jd6090 

Goth's Rhubarb Cake

B.L. LietzauI don’t know about the rest of you, but Minnesota is getting a very late start with our gardening. It snowed once again on May 1st. Luckily, it didn’t stick. All our greenhouses are busting at the seams hoping each day will be a little bit warmer to get the outdoor satellite Flowermarts started. I am looking forward to the rhubard coming up as soon as possible. That is our real hope that summer is finally here. I want to share an old recipe of rhubarb coffee cake with you. When I was younger, my father purchased a farm (to resell). Five brother and sisters, never married, lived on this farm and all of them were getting on in years and were unable to keep it up. My father purchased the farm and worked out a deal where the brothers and sisters kept only one acre. Dad built them a 3-bedroom rambler on that acre with a small shed and chicken coop. It was all they needed in their later years. The sisters, who were excellent seamstress’s, made homemade quilts, and baked and canned like the end of the earth was coming. I would stop in to visit with my Mom and the sisters made the best rhubarb/strawberry coffee cake I’ve ever had. I am happy to share the recipe with you:

 Goth Sister’s Rhubarb/Strawberry Coffee Cake 

 Cake: 

½ c. butter                     1 c. buttermilk

1 ½ c. white sugar         2 c. rhubard, diced

1 egg                            1 c. ripe strawberries, mashed

2 ½ c. flour                    1 tsp. vanilla

1 tsp. baking soda         1 c. brown sugar

½ tsp. salt                      ½ c. walnuts, chopped

Mix butter and white sugar together, and add egg. Combine flour, salt, and soda. Add buttermilk and stir in rhubarb, strawberries, and vanilla. Put into 9x13 inch pan. Combine brown sugar and walnuts in separate small bowl. Sprinkle over cake and bake at 350 degrees for 50 minutes

 Topping: 

½ c. butter

1 c. white sugar

½ c. evaporated milk

 Heat butter, sugar, and evaporated milk until sugar dissolves. Pour over hot cake. It's so delicious!

Save Space for Seedlings; Clone Your Tomatoes

Every vegetable we plant at Forgotten Forty Farm is heirloom, organic, and delicious, but what we're really known for is our tomatoes. Everyone loves tomatoes 

Every year people in the area anticipate our nearly 50 varieties of heirloom tomatoes, and inevitably ask to purchase some plants for themselves. I don't have a great deal of space in my indoor grow-boxes for many more than the 600 I have to start for myself each year, and I won't have a heated greenhouse until the hobbit house is finished, so the problem presents itself;  "Where do I start plants for everyone else?"

I clone my tomatoes and I use my fish tank. 

When I start the process, to save space initially, I plant my tomato seedlings 5 to a four inch pot, in a dice pattern. I let these seedlings get to a transplantable size, with at least 2 sets of mature leaves and a decent growing tip, and then I separate them into individual pots. This usually occurs for me at about 3 weeks after sowing. When they are transplanted, they are dropped down in the soil to the first pair of true leaves as a means of supporting a stronger root system, and buying me more time under the grow lights in the space available. 

The proper size for tomato clones 

My shelves are set up to support a maximum of 18 inches under the lights in order to give me as many shelves as I can manage vertically, while still having room to move the lights up and down as needed to promote good growth of the plants at any size. When the plants reach their maximum height for the shelves, it's time to clone. I find that mine usually take another 2 weeks after transplant, but every system will vary. The important thing is to make sure the plant is sturdy, healthy and at least a foot tall with a minimum of 4 pairs of true leaves at a good size, and a well established growing tip. 

Tomato mothers 

When cloning, I prefer to do a coppice cloning, leaving two leaf petioles on the mother plant to form 2 new growing tips. I string my tomatoes vertically, so this gives me a great base to start from when I plant them out, and also gives insurance in case one of the growing tips doesn't take. If I end up with 2 growing tips, I wait until they are old enough to clone again, and I take another cutting of just one sucker.  This way I maintain my single growing tip for the plants I'm keeping, while still being able to clone for sale to the public. When I take the cuttings, I make sure that there is at least one leaf on a stem, and that the stems will be long enough to stick into the water (about 3 inches minimum). 

Cloned mother plants ready to sprout suckers 

The aquarium is a 90 gallon tank set up with a HOT (Hang On Tank) filter, and a jet pump filter to help circulation. It is heated to roughly 70 degrees, and has a single length of white wire closet shelving laid across the top of the tank to organize and support the cuttings until they root. Labels are hung from the lip extending down the front of the tank for easy identification, and grow lights are suspended above the whole system. I have Fiddler Crabs, Ghost Shrimp, and Apple Snails stocked in the tank for cleaning. The Apple snails are especially beneficial, as they eat decaying plant material and algae only, not live plants, so I'm able to clone in the tank, and they help tend to any clones that fail to strike for whatever reason. 

 Tomato clone rooting station 

With the Apple snails cleaning up the edges of the cuts that would normally die off, along with any other problem pieces, I get a near 100% success rate. The clones usually start rooting immediately, with noticeable development in 2 days. They are almost always ready to plant by the first week, and take to soil very well at that stage. With this method, I'm able to save space in my grow-boxes while developing 250+ clones in the space that only 36 would normally fit. 

 Tomato clones rooting in the aquarium 

I call that a win.  

 Tomato seedlings ready for cloning 

Happy Homesteading!

Spring Jobs, Using old ladders in your gardens and yummy Eggs in a Nest

Jean SmithSpring is a time of new birth and rejuvenation. It's when we look around and simply stand in awe at the beauty surrounding us... forsythias vibrant yellow... the sweet aroma of apple and cherry blossoms... lavender lilac bouncing in the breeze carrying the scents through the open windows...  searching out the first tips of rhubarb and asparagus. 

Spring... there isn't quite anything as perfect in my mind.

Yesterday I was walking to the greenhouse when my feet went 'squishhhh' in the mud... I loved it, especially wearing flip-flops. Yes, I know it was cold, but it was almost 85 degrees in the greenhouse when the sun was shining! Neil was helping me and his feelings were a tad bit different... more of exasperation from the heat- he likes the cold.  I'll take the heat and a sweaty brow any day of the week over bundling up to keep warm.

Spring is also a time 'to-do' lots of stuff! As most of my dragonfly readers can testify, I strongly encourage lists- for everything! Garden and yard projects are no exception.  I love the feeling of making the list and scratching off each item as it's accomplished. I'm a visual person and I think that's why lists make so much sense to me... plus they keep me on track. 

Scanning through my yard and gardens I'm seeing the multitude of things I need and want to get accomplished this season.  I have a couple windows of opportunity before and after my 'busy' times, so I must utilize that time wisely.  I thought it would be interesting to share this years list with all my dragonfly friends... now don't be alarmed when you see it... I have lots of helping hands around our farm!

My list of outside jobs to do this year...
 

  1. Painting:
  • back of garage
  • potting shed
  • front of greenhouse
  • back of hoop house
  • repaint back door where dog scratched

   2. Fix arbor in front of hoop house- put new lattice on sides and top
   3. Put post up at small herb bed for wisteria
   4. Move raised beds from beside hoop house to cut flower raised bed garden
   5. New flower bed around potting shed
  
   6. Plant:

  • Pink climbing roses at back corners of potting shed
  • Rose of Sharron at back corner of house in back yard- (see photo)
  • Rose trellis on front of house at living room window

  7. Finish Patio:

  • planters
  • floor and sides

   8. Ladder trellis on side of garage over tea bed in Potager

Number eight is one of the topics of this post. I often talk about my love for garden junque, it's one of my favorite things about cottage gardening. I love being able to artfully incorporate what I absolutely adore, even though some people consider it trash. There are oodles of items that can be used, but lets look at old wooden ladders today.

A few posts ago I mentioned this ladder trellis- well I stopped the other day and took a photo of it... not the greatest, but you get the idea.  I plan on doing this on the side of my garage over the tea bed in our Potager and planting... you guessed it, a climbing rose... but first I have to find them! So if you read my guest post at Flea Market Gardening  ( http://www.fleamarketgardening.org/2013/04/04/flea-market-windows-how-to-make-a-decorative-mini-greenhouse/ ) you'll understand how patient I can be!

Uses for ladders...

 

  • Ladders can also be used in your flower beds to put potted plants on (see photo).
     
  •  I also have a ladder on one of the columns on our front porch that a climbing rose uses. 
     
  • Lattice/ trellis- I have a few ladders that go across the top of my pergola for the vines.
     

To many they are just something to climb up, but on my list, they have a much higher calling ;-)

Spring is here and greens are coming in abundantly... and so are the eggs! Here's a yummy recipe to use what you have- Enjoy friends!
Soft Boiled Eggs in a 'Green' Nest

1 Bunch of Chard, Kale or Spinach, stems & ribs discarded
1 1/2 Tbsp. Olive Oil
1/4 tsp Red Pepper
1/2 tsp sea salt
4 Eggs

1. Preheat oven to 300 degrees.  Chop your greens into bite size pieces and toss in the oil and seasoning to coat evenly. Spread evenly in the bottom of a 10"x10" glass baking dish and bake for about 30-40 minutes, till crisp.  Remove from oven and divide into 2 bowls and create a 'nest' with a hole in the center.
2. While greens are baking, bring a 2 quart pot of water to a rolling boil and gently lower eggs into water, turn off heat and cover.  Let eggs sit in water for 6 1/2 minutes for soft boiled eggs.
3. Transfer eggs to a bowl of ice water and let sit for about 1/2 minute.  Working carefully and quickly, peel eggs, and place in center of nests.  Season and serve immediately.

To see all the great photos that go along with this post take a trip over to my blog at www.fordragonfliesandme.wordpress.com
Take a trip over to For Dragonflies And Me's Facebook page for regular updates for my other articles, blog posts, photo's and extra recipes! Hope to see you there! https://www.facebook.com/pages/For-Dragonflies-And-Me/550000798362651?ref=stream
Happy Day,
Jean

Old Wives' Tale Gardening Tricks

Ever hear of an old wives' tale about what to put in or around your plants to help them produce a more abundant supply? From marigolds to matchsticks these are some that I use and find not only a wives' tale, but backed by research!   

                            Epsom Salt Magnesium Sulfate 
Magnesium sulfate aka Epsom salt can help revive a plant. The reason is magnesium sulfate helps the plant photosynthesize. For whatever reason, plants can get stagnant and need a boost to help them get going again. Adding a bit of Epsom salt to water and giving it to your plants that look a little sad can help it tremendously. It is typically helpful for older plants.  
 

                                          Matchsticks
Plant some matchsticks with your peppers this summer. Match sticks contain phosphorous and  phosphorous sesquisulfide. These chemicals are important for peppers to grow because they help the plant develop buds and fruit but do not get replaced in the soil. Phosphorous also helps add a little acidity to the soil which pepper plants love. Therefore, adding matchsticks around your pepper plants will grow bigger, healthier plants. Adding the matchsticks to the soil is most beneficial when the pepper plants are transplanted to the garden up until they start producing fruit. Push about 10 matchsticks head first into the soil, 2 inches from the base of the plant. Or you can take a book of matches and when transplanting your pepper plants, bury the booklet next to the pepper plant- do not place the booklet on the plant but near it.  
 

                  African Marigolds M arigolds are the ultimate companion for tomatoes. Plant marigolds around or in the same area as your tomato plants will help keep aphids away naturally. Planting them in the same area as your tomato plants helps to deter these little nasties from ruining your goods.   

                         Green Zebra Tomato
In addition, tomatoes love the color red. For whatever reason they gravitate towards it and it makes them happy. Start tomatoes in red containers and placing red plastic around them in the garden will stimulate more growth. The red plastic helps hold heat as well and tomatoes love it hot.
 
                                              honey bees 
Know a bee keeper or want to beeeee one? You won’t only get great local honey and the natural benefits from eating it, your garden will thank you with abundant supplies of produce. Having honey bees around helps pollinate your trees, veggies, fruits, and berries resulting in higher, bigger  yields.  
 

                                      Horticultural Molasses
Horticultural molasses m
ixed with a few simple ingredients sprayed on plants helps drive off harmful insects while giving your plants a boost. Insects like a very specific window of sugar content in plants. If you raise that, they will not want to eat it and if they do will die. Insects cannot bloat or release gas, therefore sugars create gas and it basically kills them from the inside out. Though bugs hate it, plants love it. Adding molasses to the soil in your garden helps to increase the microbial activity resulting in soil that holds moisture better and is also easier to plant in. When soil microbes are exposed to simple sugars, they multiply quickly. As microbes go through their living cycle, they add important nutrients to the soil, therefore, the more the merrier. You can also rid your yard of fire ants by spraying this over your grass too. This is the most inexpensive way to add sugars and ward off harmful insects to your yard and/or plants. 
 

Simple Sulphate Molasses recipe for soil and plants (spray bi-weekly directly onto the leaves)
3 T. molasses
1T. liquid garlic
1T. liquid fertilizer
1 gallon of water
 
 

‘like’ on facebook @ facebook.com/modernroots.org and read about my journey to self-reliant living at modernroots.org. See you out there!  

Gardener's Sore Muscle Soak

Gardeners Sore Muscle Soak                                    

You do not need to be a gardener to enjoy this awesome sore muscle soak but this time of the year, many are very sore from planting or developing their gardens. Relax and heal yourself with this easy recipe.

Ingredients:
1/2 cup epsom salt
1/4 cup sea salt
1 cup baking soda
5 drop peppermint oil
5 drops lavender oil
Combine all ingredients. Pour into hot, running bath water. Enjoy a minimum of 20 minutes while reading a book or Grit Magazine :)

Sweet Potatoes Everywhere!

I will go ahead and admit that last year was the first year I grew sweet potatoes.  I will also admit that I kicked myself all year for not having started years ago!  They were so easy to grow!  Beautiful, easy, prolific, healthy, and delicious.  What more could you ask for in a vegetable? 

 Sweet Potato Bloom  

This year I have big plans for my sweet potatoes.  I plan to grow them all over the place.  They had such lovely vines, than I see no reason not to landscape with them, so I plan to grow them in every available "landscaping" bed.  Let's face it, if I can't eat it, I won't tend it anyway, so I might as well plant something edible to spruce up our tired flower beds!  

sweet potatoes on vine
 These were "surprise" sweet potatoes I found when cleaning out the garden bed long after the original harvest! 
 
 sweet potatoes in basket 

Sweet Potatoes from 9 plants in my square foot garden!  I had the BEST time digging these up with my bare hands!

What about you, have you ever grown sweet potatoes? 
 
Thanks for stopping by!  If you like what you see, please visit my Green Eggs & Goats blog and "like" us on Facebook .  
 
 

Seed Catalog Fever

A photo of MalisaIt seems retail businesses are always trying to get the jump on sales and seasons. Its why we see school supplies in June, Halloween in August, and Christmas in October. I believe that’s why I saw my first seed catalog in my mailbox in December. Here I was looking for Christmas cards and bam I see a seed catalog. I guess it is meant to get us in the mood, but I was just getting over being worn out from fall harvest, canning and garden clean up. I tossed it and the others I soon received in the magazine pile to deal with after the holidays and fighting the weather with livestock.

I returned to my seed catalog pile in February when I was ready to think of spring. It had grown in size and type. I combed over the catalogs for the next couple weeks daydreaming of the garden I was going to plant. I based my selections on 5 characteristics; my history with the company, what my family would eat, how it does in my area (not just zone but soil type) and of course price. Some companies I have worked with I have enjoyed others not so much. My favorite 4 are Jung, Indiana Berry, Burgress, and Baker Creek (my favorite.) I share all my double copies and catalogs I do not plan on ordering from with other gardeners and my local library. Remove you label first and double check to see if your information is preprinted on the order sheet. It will save everyone some confusion when all of a sudden you receive a package you did not order and your friend is mad her package has never arrived.

I usually order a couple things I haven’t grown before. I love trying new foods especially fruits and vegetables. When I am selecting a new plant/seed for my garden, I have to take in consideration of my space, time available for maintenance, my zone, soil type (pH 9), and how much of this fruit/vegetables do I really want. Do I really need 30 lbs of radishes? (umm, no) Will my family forgive me if I only grow 10 lbs of carrots? (definitely no.) My big question I had when I first started serious gardening was how much do I grow? Take a rough inventory of what your family normal eats in a week. Base your garden plan on what you would normally use. I have seen several gardening and homesteading books with how much of each  specific fruit or vegetable to grow to feed your family. I love the book Backyard Homestead edited by Carleen Madigan, published by Storey Publishing. It has an excellent chart on how to
estimate your garden size and produce.

If you truly want to grow 30 lbs of radishes, see if you have any friends who like radishes. Maybe you could set up a trade for something they grew in abundance. Maybe you know of someone that was unable to have a garden, and would like some produce or the senior citizens at church or living center.  In the fall, there is often a box of vegetables at my local gas station. People with abundance leave produce there to share with their neighbors. There is a joke here in South Dakota that summer time is the only time that South Dakotans lock our doors and vehicles and its so our neighbors (with good intentions) cannot fill them up with zucchini.

I have a fun debate going with a friend about growing blueberries in South Dakota. They had purchased some plants at a large retail chain. Bad deal I told them, blueberries don’t grow here our pH is too high. We debated this for a while, as long as it took for the blueberries to slowly wither away. I often preach that just because you can buy it doesn’t mean you can grow it. The other day I wanted to stand next to the blueberry plant display at an area large retail store and tell everyone picking one up not to buy it. Local nursery and greenhouse shops are great sources for information on this. Sometimes you pay more at a locally owned store but you are getting the right plant that has been taken care of properly and the knowledge you need to be successful at growing it. At some big stores, the employees don’t know a petunia from a tomato. Same holds for some seed companies. Some seed companies read that blueberries (just an example previously used) grow in zone 4 (my zone) but they may not understand that our soil does not support blueberry production.

Gardeners seem to be frugal people. They understand that to get a good harvest, some money and lots of time are needed. When I am looking at seed catalogs, I compare selection, price, quality, quantity and shipping. I ask myself where can I get most of what I want. Some packages are different sizes so price comparison is tricky.  I look for the quantities I would be planting. No sense wasting money on seeds you don’t need. However if you have friends who garden, you might be able to share seeds or have a seed swap after you have used what you need and still have left overs. I have swapped corn for potatoes and tomatoes for peppers before. It a win win situation. You could form a buying group to purchase large quantities of seed saving everyone money. The trick would be to get everyone to agree on which varieties.

I have compared shipping fees and they are not all the same. Some offer free shipping if your order is placed by a certain date. Some offer a flat rate for shipping so if I am inclined to order from them, I tend to order a lot of what I am looking for to save money.  Or again I call my gardening friends and we place one order for a couple of us thus saving us shipping.

OK, I will admit getting your seed orders in the mail might rank up there with Christmas, but I’m still not going to look at my catalogs until at least February.  All of these tips (except for shipping) hold true for purchasing seeds more locally. The same basic concepts apply. Make sure that you are getting what you want, what will grow, paying for what you will use (or share), and  having fun.

One more suggestion, keep a running seed inventory on you. I have been in a store trying to remember if I had already purchased enough of something or a certain variety I wanted. It will help take some guesswork out and save you money and headache.

Dreaming of my Potting Shed

Jean Smith"All through the long winter, I dream of my garden. On the first day of spring, I dig my fingers deep into the soft earth. I can feel its energy, and my spirits soar."   ~Helen Hayes

If ever a quote expressed my hearts deepest yearning, this would be as close to perfect as I can imagine.  The days are promising to grow warmer, so my heart languishes and pines more earnestly for them... Yes, all to soon.... all too soon there will be that earthy smell I love... the trees will begin to bud and then finally burst forth into heavenly blooms and wispy leaves.  Spring... come and fill this dead winter world with awe and inspire me.

I've got big plans this year that include repainting my potting shed along with a new bed to wrap around it.  A lovely, cheerful aqua blue with white trim will give her an all new look... a more cottage look.  Currently the back has several antique garden tools, a shelf and a french door on it (see photo). I am planning on making a bed around one side wrapping around the back. My cut flower raised bed garden is on the other side... so excited to finish that up this year. I'm going to plant two different pink climbing roses at each corner around back.  The beds will be planted up primarily with perennials from what I split off my other plants this spring.  I'm dreaming of my antique white hydrangea, purple cone flowers, Shasta daisies and pink peonies with several purple bell flowers dancing around them. Of course there will be lavenders, creeping phlox and thyme cascading over the rock border.  Dreams... oh waiting for them to come to fruition is such a lesson in patience for me. I will share lots of 'in progress' photo's with all of you, along with all the other projects that are on my list this year! Next post: making your spring garden 'to-do' list!

Today's post is going to be a little bit different... I'm going to tell you the story of how my potting shed came to be along with some decorating tips. 

Today's post is going to be a little bit different... I'm going to tell you the story of how my potting shed came to be along with some decorating tips. 

The story of my potting shed is quite interesting... at least to me. About six years ago a lady I knew was getting rid of there mini-barn because they were planning on purchasing a larger new one.  She went on to explain that they were going to tear it down and burn it.  I couldn't believe it... I thought, "What's wrong with it?"... so then I asked. Well, they wanted something bigger, there wasn't really anything wrong with it.  "Why?", she asked, "You want it?"  DO I WANT IT! Of course I wanted it!  Soooo, as I was driving home elated as a purring cat, I started thinking about how we'd get this 8'x10' mini-barn home.... hmm, well surely Neil would figure it out, after all, it was free! Dreaming all the way home, I just couldn't believe it... I was finally going to have a potting shed!

When Neil got home that evening I told him the exciting news and of course, he wasn't quite as excited and he was thinking more along the lines of a 'mini-barn' to store the yard tools, mower and tillers.... and hey, it was free. Neil figured out what we needed to get it home and made arrangements with a friend to help and borrow their skid steer and trailer.  Overjoyed is an understatement as to how I felt.

Once the 'building' arrived, they put it over on a concrete slab that's located beside our vegetable garden... perfect 'temporary' spot I told him... he didn't get what I meant, but shrugged it off.  I'm sure he was thinking, "Temporary nothing, I'm never moving that beast again." 

Two years later with tow straps and chains wrapped around it,  my potting shed was being dragged across and down the driveway to her 'permanent' location... so I thought.  Neil stopped for a moment to check something and the strap fell off. He told our daughter, then just thirteen, to get in the truck and when he said to go, lightly give it a bit of gas to tighten it up and move forward s-l-o-w-l-y.  There wasn't much further to go, and it 'should' have been fine. Well, Taylor being a bit nervous accidentally put the truck into reverse... In the meantime, Neil was standing between the truck and shed... he later told me he thought for some reason it would be smarter to move out from between and then suddenly... Rrrummmmm! SMASH!!!! right into the front corner of the potting shed.  She knocked the frame right off its skid! I was inside... not watching, but I heard the smash and went to the window and looked... oh to my dismay! Neil was ready to burn it in the driveway (remember, we live in the country).  Of course I wasn't about to allow that to happen! Being the optimist I am, I said it would be fine, lets finish taking it to the spot and access the damages and what repairs would need to be made.  So, Neil calmed down and took care of it....

After some tucks and band-aids, we resided the outside, put a new floor and walls on the inside- all with boards that Neil milled on our sawmill- it was a whole new building... my Potting Shed! Now it was time to paint the inside and out and then decorate it...

And today, I have a beautiful potting shed that adorns my yard.  The sad part to this story is I didn't take any photos of it before we fixed it up! I had recently been diagnosed with Hypothyroidism and had been quite sick before they found out what was wrong with me... shortly after I had a baby... so no photos.  This is a perfect example of why I always encourage my readers to take photos and document your projects. I am so disappointed that I don't have before and after photos. 

Please be sure to visit my blog for all the great photo's of my potting shed to go along with this post...
Happy Day,
Jean
www.fordragonfliesandme.wordpress.com
http://www.facebook.com/pages/For-Dragonflies-And-Me/550000798362651?ref=stream
www.wreninthewillow.wordpress.com
http://www.facebook.com/pages/Wren-In-The-Willow/137572243072292?ref=hl
Please be sure to take a visit at my blogs Facebook sites, LIKE and SHARE. I post additional daily encouragments, recipes, quotes, poems and lots of great photos and links that can only be seen there!

Spring Trips and spring arrives in Alabama

This past weekend was beautiful but windy, however Influenza B decided to pay a visit and I was sick and didn't get to enjoy working out in the yard. 

   young male 4496 

The heralds of spring, the ruby-throated hummingbirds are on the way back to our gardens.   According to the  latest migrationmaps,  on March 19, ruby-throated hummers are at the top of my state.  

When feeding hummingbirds don’t use the red dye stuff you find in the store. It’s very simple to make your own.  Use one part sugar and four parts of very hot to boiling water.  Mix well, cool and fill feeders.  It’s important to change out feeders frequently, especially during hot weather. If the water becomes cloudy it’s past time to change it.  At the first of the spring until I start seeing hummingbirds at my feeder, I’ll use 1/8 C sugar and ½ water.  As I have more birds, I’ll start putting more feeders out. 

   adult male4768     

One interesting fact about migration, hummers will travel 25 mph hour while migrating from Mexico across the gulf and up the panhandle.  It’s an amazing feat for something that only weighs a few ounces. They don’t ride on the backs of migrating geese as some wise tails have it.  The wings will flap 55 times a second.  The average lifespan of a hummingbird is around four years.        

Flyer daff 9208  

   intrigue daff 8849 

     Anemone Lord Lieutenant 7616 

My daffodils, star magnolias, saucer magnolias, lenten rose, anemone and plum trees are in bloom.  The star magnolias were hit by a freeze and aren’t as nice as last year.  The one at the corner of the house was only blooming up the side nearest the house and I thought the other side wasn't going to bloom because of the freeze damage, but it came out nicely during the warm temperatures this past weekend.  The magnolia blooms will bite the dust in the next few days when temperatures get back down into the twenties. No wonder the flu has hit our area hard    

    star magnolia 8976 

   Cane creek canyon IMG 7750 

         IMG 7680 

    Cane creek canyon IMG 7683  

I’d wanted to see a local Nature Conservancy nature preserve for years called The Cane Creek Canyon Nature Preserve.  A local couple Jim and Faye Lacefield started buying property in the hills and hollers south of Tuscumbia and it now a Nature Conservancy project .  They built trails, bridges, outhouses and have graciously opened it up to the public during daylight hours. Knee surgeries, replacements, ankle injuries or something else had prevented me from making the trip.  Two weekends ago, the trout lilies were at their peak and a wildflower walk had a large number of folks showing up.  I almost didn’t make it up the last large hill as I got overheated even though temperatures were only in the 70’s.  Little did I know, the flu was making its introduction.  So much for taking the flu shot .

   IMG 8794 

The farmers are getting ready to start planting corn, but first need to get through one rainy and cold spell.   Weather folks are predicting freezing rain Friday morning.

   IMG 9058 

   IMG 9088 

I’ve been visiting the local areas where bald eagles are nesting and overwintering and have made several dry runs getting pictures of everything but eagles.  A hacking program several years ago by the State Conservation Department introduced the eagle back to the area.  I finally hit pay dirt Tuesday when I visited a nesting area just minutes from downtown Florence and was able to photograph the nesting pair in a tree near the nest with one of last years hatchlings circling overhead.  At least two young could be heard in the nest.  Watching the female above the nest with the other two circling was a magnificent sight.  I kept wondering why in the world would Ben Franklin want the turkey as our national bird instead of the Bald eagle?

   img 9103 

I kept trying to figure out what that little stick thing was below the top eagle, then I remember one had gotten the call of nature while taking the picture.  I remember at the time that I hope I didn't get that.

The First Day of Spring?

Walking the TeamI arrived at work at 7:30 AM, following a grueling 150 foot commute.  The traffic was terrible.  Normally both dogs march along shoulder to shoulder at the ends of their leashes.  I tell Cochise, “Play yard,” or “Home” or “Mail box”, or (his least favorite) “Work” and he heads off in the right direction.  I tell Blondie, “Stay with Cochise” and she obediently strides along beside him wherever he goes.  Normally, but not today.  Today I’d started the pickup earlier to warm it up before Marie heads into town and her work and Blondie really, really wanted to go for a ride; so when we came down the steps she was intent on going that direction.  Cochise smelled something fascinating down in the yard and really, really wanted to go that way to check it out.  So they strained in opposite directions, neither one in the direction I needed to go.  We worked it out eventually, but it was a disorganized swirl instead of the usual orderly parade. 

Too ColdYesterday was the official first day of spring.  It’s cold and foggy this morning.  There is a possibility of snow.  I was wondering what happened, when I remembered something I saw at the Source of All Wisdom (Facebook), “The first day of spring and the first spring day are not necessarily the same, and can be separated by as much as a month.”  I’m glad now that I didn’t put my potatoes in their garden boxes last weekend, I’ll do that next weekend.  But I had planned on working at opening the garden for summer session this week.

BSprout HouseThe winter gardening session was disappointing; it was too wet and cold for much of what I grew.  Still, we did get a fair bit of lettuce (until it got crushed by condensation that froze into ice on the inside of the greenhouse) spinach, beet tops, onion greens, garlic greens, carrot tops, as well as the last of the summer’s carrot roots.  I got enough Brussels sprouts for one meal – but that is the best I’ve ever done with these sprouts; normally the looper worms gut the plants and kill them in days.  By using a greenhouse vented with window screen I kept the moths away in the fall so the plants had a chance to grow to maturity for once.  I had to cover the top vent with plastic after a particularly wet spell practically drowned them out as well.

The Swiss chard is just now getting any size to it.  I’ll get one decent harvest from that when I pull it up to replant the box with something else.

On the positive side, our local Lowe's store now carries composted chicken manure.  That will help in rejuvenating the soil in my boxes.  I used composted cow manure last year with disappointing results.  Slowly, very slowly, I’m learning what works.

Creating Garden Rooms With Trellis', Arbors and Pergolas

Jean SmithThere is something evocative about walking through a rose covered arbor or dreamily strolling through the length of a blossom covered pergola... the air fresh with the scents of sweet mingling with musk... the gentle chirps of tiny birds safely nestled within the confines of the leaf covered shelter.  My arbors and pergola are grand statements, and when friends and strangers alike come into my yard, they are what say, "Welcome to my garden's, won't you stay an visit awhile..." 

There are a multitude of structures to choose from in every shape and size to fit in with any garden style you choose.  What is the difference between the three and how do you incorporate them correctly to create the illusion of having many separate garden rooms? All three have one thing in common: they are structures incorporated into gardens to provide a growing place for vining plants. Here are some tips and idea's to get you started.

*Trellis' are typically attached to a wall on a building. The goal in using a trellis is to create a semblance of living art on a wall, giving a feeling of comfortable enclosure. Varieties range between elegant wrought iron works to charming wooden arches to rustic old ladders situated in whatever shape you desire. I recently noticed a trellis on a neighboring home that was constructed of three old wooded rung type ladders. They were attached to the side of the house like this- TT - with a climbing rose growing up it. I fell in love as soon as I saw it and am now looking for either one very long or 3 shorter ladders that I can create this on the back of our garage in the Pottage over the tea bed. We just painted it an aqua blue last summer and I can already imagine a pink, old fashioned climbing rose scaling up it... always dreaming!

I have several trellis' in my gardens. Along the side of the front porch we have two 4x8 sections of lattice attached to one pillar and the side of the house that my Chinese Wisteria grows on.  I currently have an old split rail type fence on the back of the garage (what I am going to replace with the rung ladders) that again have lattice attached to give the plants something to grow on.  Along my pergola are trellis' that the roses and clematis grow up and over the top. 
Trellis' can be created by using anything... here are a few ideas to get you dreaming...
~As mentioned above, old ladders hung in any shape or form you desire.
~An antique metal head or foot board... imagine that in a lovely English Cottage garden.
~Purchased lattice from a lumber store are an easy, inexpensive and attractive trellis.
~Pre-formed trellis' can be purchased in many lovely designs.
~Create an intricate design using old metal or wooden wagon wheels.
~If you want an invisible trellis, use green baler twine. This can be purchased at most lawn and garden stores. Any type of string will work, but remember you'll have to replace each year.  Don't use natural fibers like jute because they will break down before the season is over.
~Picket or privacy fences also work as a trellis, whether affixed to a building or an arbor.
Like I always say, the only limitation is your own imagination!

*Arbors
can range from two or four post structures and are typically constructed of wood or metal.
You want an arbor to create a feeling of entering into someplace very special and magical. They work wonderfully in connecting two separate garden rooms, similar to a door in a house.  Gates added to your arbor provide mystery for the guest as they travel through.

Both of my arbors are four wooden posts with lattice attached on the sides and across the top. There is a wide range of variety for you to choose from here as well.  Once again, your garden style will determine what kind of structure you will choose.
*Pergolas are best described as several attached lengths of arbors. Imagine your pergola as a hallway through your home, possibly with door's, or in this case, arbors leading in different directions to different rooms. Enshrouded by vines and blossoms, it will give your guests a feeling of warmth and comfort.

There are a few other things to consider when designing your pergola: The length, determine if it will be straight or curving, the structure material, your 'floor', if you'll have step stones on the floor and what you will use on the sides and across the top for your plants to grow up and over. My pergola is about 40' long and about six feet wide with 4x4 wooden posts set every eight feet. We put 2x4's across the top and bottom and then used pre-made wooden trellis' that I purchased at a lumber yard for the sides. These are attached to the 2x4's every four feet. I have a hodge podge of wooden ladders across the top. The side facing the south is one length but the side to the north has an eight foot opening, or arbor, that allows you to go off to the right toward the green houses. If you keep going straight you enter into the back yard leading you to the patio. My pergola runs between the Potager and the rose garden.  I primarily have Sweet Autumn clematis', a few early blooming clematis' and several varieties of  climbing roses growing on it.  I planted a Chinese wisteria on one of the posts in the back yard. I will have one more post set to the right of it in the corner of the small herb bed that will then be a privacy wall for the back yard.

The key to adding these hard scape elements successfully into your gardens where they become free forms is to plant species that will create walls and barriers eluding to garden rooms.

Life is good, then you enter a garden,
Happy Day,
Jean
Please take a trip over to my blog to see all the beautiful photos that go along with this post...enjoy friends.  Also, please take a trip over to my Facebook pages, LIKE & SHARE with your friends to recieve daily inspriations, quotes and lots of beautiful photos... hope to see you there!
www.fordragonfliesandme.wordpress.com
http://www.facebook.com/pages/For-Dragonflies-And-Me/550000798362651
www.wreninthewillow.wordpress.com
http://www.facebook.com/pages/Wren-In-The-Willow/137572243072292?ref=hl
  

Please visit my newest blog, Serendipity Diaries at www.serendipitydiaries.wordpress.com   

My Front Porch Garden and Yummy Tuscan Soup

Jean SmithAs you drive into my lane my garden's begin to envelope you .... although it wasn't so when we moved here. As I've mentioned in previous posts, there weren't any gardens when we purchased our old farmhouse.  We gardeners often have lofty aspirations... dreamily perusing our favorite gardening magazines and making notes on things we want to incorporate. Longingly waiting until we can create a new bed, stumbling upon a new rose bush and making the season's first bouquet of sweetly scented jonquils.  Spring is only a few days away and although there is snow covering the ground on our farm, I know my tulips and daffodils will soon be peaking up and sending me warm greetings of love...  

If you haven't take a trip over to Dragonflies facebook, please do and while you're there LIKE and SHARE here... http://www.facebook.com/pages/For-Dragonflies-And-Me/550000798362651?skip_nax_wizard=true   

My front porch garden started out like most projects... lay some stones, fill with dirt and plant some flowers- presto, new bed. Well, to say the least she was the beginning of my 'lofty aspirations'... she has been the inspiration for the multitude of gardens now surrounding our home.  Here is the story of the dawn of my front porch garden... and beyond.This garden has been a challenge with several 'make-overs' for her to boast. It was the first bed I attempted to create... it started as a simple four foot deep, straight lined bed off the porch, wrapping around the side of the house and leading to the back door. If you remember in my previous post on the bistro garden, this bed went right up and around to the back door where the bird cage is. I laid rocks around as a border and then filled in with soil, planted several perennials and lots of annuals the first year. That year we also laid a cobble stone walk around this bed and the side of the house.  The banister garden came along shortly after. We've made gobs of changes since then... as you'll see.

The next year we discovered a sidewalk completely grown over with sod.  It was only by accident that Neil ever thought to check what that 'stone' was (and was probably wishing he'd left well enough alone)... lo and behold he kept finding more and more 'stones'. He spent an entire Memorial day unearthing, by hand with a shovel I might add, over thirty 2x2 concrete step stones! What a find- at least I thought so ;-). So began another project- we needed to choose the new walks location. This is when we decided to build the front arbor... so after some figuring was done on its location, we had a plan for the walk. It would be laid on a slight and natural angle widening off to about six feet from the original bed. Now there was going to be this triangle shaped section of sod between the walk and the flower bed... 'extend the bed' I said! So we did.

Now for more work. We removed all the rocks,the cobble stones only in the front, dug all the plants that we could, raked out the soil, and then dug the sod by hand. We then laid black plastic where the bed and the walk would be, replaced the edging rocks and brought dirt in building it up about a foot deep. We put sand down where the step stones would be laid so we could get them fairly level, not perfect by any means, but very cute none-the-less.  We took the cobble stones from the front and placed them beside the others in between the banister garden and first cobble walk, thereby doubling it in width.  Extending that four foot deep bed out to reach the new walk led into the creation of the breakfast patio and front arbor with picket fences. As you can see from the photo's, the porch itself has had several face lifts and continues to change each year!

Well, after all that I thought this bed was set... I planted several perennials that fall and had some big dreams of how things would look next year... the next year we had a drain issue! Neil and a friend had to bust a hole in our porch, replace a main drain pipe and dig right through the garden (killing a newly established clematis and my lupines), through the sidewalk and across the lawn (killing two of my precious Miss. Kim lilacs in a new hedge planted by the road!) I was devastated, but I had to keep a positive perspective... a new climbing rose would replace the clematis and I'd try lupines again. 

This bed is yet to my perfectionist 'cottage garden' standards- yes I realize that is an oxymoron, but you know what I mean if you're a cottage gardener.  Dreaming of new gardens and spring on the horizon keeps me pining away until at last I'll be sitting on my porch waiting for a friend to come up the lane.

To see all the great photos that go along with the post, please take a trip over to my blog's NEW HOME at
http://fordragonfliesandme.wordpress.com/2013/03/17/my-front-porch-garden-and-yummy-tuscan-soup/   

Here's a yummy soup for the last of these cold, winter days...
Tuscan Soup
4 cups chicken broth
1/2 cup heavy cream
3 medium potatoes
1 lb. Spicy Italian Sausage
1/2 tsp. salt
1/2 tsp. crushed red pepper flakes
3 cups chopped kale

Brown Sausage; cool.
Combine the broth and cream in a sauce pan; slice the unpeeled potato into 1/4 inch slices; add the browned sausage; add the kale.
Add the spices and let soup simmer for about 2 hours. Stir occasionally.

Happy Day,
Jean
www.fordragonfliesandme.wordpress.com
http://www.facebook.com/pages/For-Dragonflies-And-Me/550000798362651?skip_nax_wizard=true
www.wreninthewillow.wordpress.com
http://www.facebook.com/pages/Wren-In-The-Willow/137572243072292?ref=hl
  

Calypso Beans

I don't know about you, but I'm starting to get really antsy about getting my garden going for the year!  We are currently making plans, preparing the beds, and making lists of which seeds we want to order and how much of each thing we want to plant!  I figured while I was doing that, I would share some of my favorite things we planted last year.  I'll begin with the stately Calypso Bean! 

Beans in jar  

I purchased mine at Annie's Heirloom Seeds last year and we just thought these were such fun!  Due to their color pattern, they are also called "Orca" beans or "Yin Yang Beans"

I will admit that we planted them largely because I thought they were pretty.  After we harvested them, I filled a mason jar with the beautiful beans and refused to cook them for a few months because they were too pretty to cook!  Once I finally realized that it was time to cook them, I realized that aside from their good looks, they are a tasty bean as well!

 Bean in Hand 

Now don't be disappointed, I'm warning you now.  The color fades to a sort of "pinto" brown when they cook.  You can still see the pattern, but in a faint brown-on-brown monochrome.  To me, they tasted just like pinto beans and I cooked them in the same way I would cook pintos, but I thought they were a little larger.  They were great in chili and I fully intend to plant more this year! 

What about you?  Do you have any favorite must-have varieties that I should try this year in my garden?

Thanks for stopping by!  If you like what you see, please visit my Green Eggs & Goats blog and "like" us on Facebook .  Make sure you also stop by my weekly Farmhouse Style Blog Hop to see great decorating inspiration or leave some yourself!  A new hop goes up every Wednesday!  

Plans for Self-Food (Gardens & Animals)

MegMy plans for self-food reliance will involve animals and gardens. We are not vegetarians- though I do make many dishes that are but we love our healthy meat as well. Each year I want to incorporate new ideas, gardens, by products such as wool and meat. This year will be three large vegetable gardens, a berry/fruit patch, egg chickens, meat chickens in the fall, two to three pigs and honey bees. Every year I plan to add additional animals and/or re-arrangements of gardens.

ANIMALS 

This year the focus will be getting pastures and buildings ready for larger animals while also incorporating some animals that will do well with smaller pasture such as pigs and chickens. I am quite ecstatic for honey bees this spring. Just the research behind bees is amazing. They are truly magnificent little buggers with food, medicinal and cosmetic value! And to think, they basically take care of themselves is astonishing.

I do not plan to winter any animals besides my egg chickens and bees this year.
Next year I plan to have a Jersey cow, a crucial part of my mini farm for milk, butter, buttermilk, yogurt, and cheeses. It will take me this year to plan and research enough for my Jersey to be comfortable at her new property.

Animals I would like to incorporate into Modern Roots Homestead within the next five years are milking cow, sheep (for high-end wool), angora rabbits (for angora wool), meat cow, and lambs for meat. Though small in operation, my focus is on best quality and free range. Therefore, with my space (5 acres), small quantity for each type is best.

GARDENS  

This past fall, we planted three apple trees, several stick pines, lots of flowering trees, a peach tree (please winter be nice), and a plum tree. Those will be ready for picking in, oh- three years. This is when I tell myself "patience is a virtue" over and over and over. This spring we plan to plant many more trees for windbreaks and a pear tree as well as a Bing cherry tree. I live in agricultural planting Zone 4b, so apparently I should be able to get away with some zone 5 plants. Here's hoping.

I have ordered my seeds for spring and am patiently waiting to plant them....still waiting... Spring time this year is going to be very exciting as I have many projects that need to be accomplished in just the gardens alone. I have a fenced garden 25 X 50 but need to make planter boxes for it. I want to have ten planter boxes 4 X 10 feet- 4 feet across so I can easily manuever weeding, planting, etc.
I also need to add a squash, pumpkin, and gourd garden. In addition, the last garden I need to develop is the sweet corn, grapes and berry patch. I will be adding to the raspberry patch, adding a strawberry tier, rowing out sweet corn, and creating a mini vineyard for table grapes.

I also need to have my husband (Kris) help me, ok um...have him build me my garden shed and chicken coop so they are ready for spring chicks and all of my valuable garden crap. I think he wants his garage back.

Speaking of Kristopher - he asked me last night about which projects I have chosen to pursue this year. I believe he now realizes how crazy busy it is going to be. By the time I got done telling him all the things that will need to be completed spring, summer and fall...he was snoring. But I didn't care, it just felt good to talk to someone older than four even if they were sleeping.

Besides vegetable gardens, I am re-designing a couple flower beds and will be filling those up with pretty plants to add some beauty around the property.

Well, today is such a tease- it is 40 degrees here in central Minnesota (which is warm for January) and reminds me of spring. Yet, I know there are colder days ahead so planning and 'arm chair' gardening is holding my appetite for now.

*Find more about the finance and costs at www.modernroots.org.  

Meg working on Modern Roots Homestead
Meg working on Modern Roots Homestead. 

Tips for Selecting Seeds

It's time to start planning for spring planting.  If you haven't chosen seeds and selected the crops you hope to grow, now is the time.  Here are a few thoughts to help you get started.

Seed Starting 

Choose Seeds that Will Grow in Your Area

When selecting seeds that will grow in your area, consider your agricultural zone as well as the length of your growing season.  You can determine the length of your growing season, by finding the number of days between the average last frost and average first frost.  Use this information to determine whether the seeds you are selecting will grow in your zone, keeping in mind that many yards have small micro climates that will allow you some flexibility in what you can grow.  If you have 100 days in your growing season, don't buy melons that take 130 days to ripen.

Choose Seeds that You Will Eat or Like how They Look

This seems obvious, but so often we manage to buy some seed that we don't actually like to eat.  If you are willing to invest money, time, and space into growing a crop from seeds start by choosing your favorite foods and make sure to steer clear of those that are so-so. 

Choose Things that Taste better Fresh

If you can only grow a limited number of seeds, select crops that taste better fresh.  Tomatoes are the perfect example of a mediocre grocery store purchase compared to the mouth watering varieties from the garden.

Consider Heirloom, Organic, and Non-Genetically Engineered Seeds

Look for seed companies that have signed the safe-seed pledge and are selling seeds that have not been genetically engineered.  By choosing to grow heirloom, organic, or just non-genetically modified crops, you are supporting green practices and the small companies that are selling open-pollinated vegetables, fruit and flower seeds.  If you are looking for a list of seed companies, check out the organic seed finder site from AOSCA.

Create a Seed Sharing Group

So often we are interested in growing just a few of each variety in our garden, yet even the smallest seed packets can have hundreds of seeds.  Get together with others in your area, and share your seeds to increase the number of varieties for your own backyard.

Keep a Record of What you Like

This year I am making the pledge to record everything I plant, how it grows and where I put it.  Knowing what worked well last year is incredibly important when you sit down to plan your next years garden (as I'm being reminded of right now).  Keep in mind that some year crops just fail, so give your seeds at least a few years before you give up, and choose another variety.

What else do you consider when selecting seeds for the coming year? 

The Back Forties

For 10 years I have lived in downtown Chicago, and--as my readers have heard me whine--I have craved a garden. Now it’s a new era. I no longer live or work in downtown Chicago. Sure, I’m only in the north ‘burbs, but the quiet and wildlife are welcome. Gone are the endless slabs of concrete and tiny trees in pots and traffic bleets among downtown’s skyscrapers, and now here are large trees in the ground, relentless grass and greenery, and the ability to hear the birds sing.
Garden1rev
With the recent weird weather, God smiled down upon northern Illinois and gave us a Saturday in the mid-50s. Since we hadn’t had any serious snow or even hard-cold weather (which would be normal, starting as early October if Mother Nature wants), the ground was spring-soft, the sun peeking out and teasing, and my day free.

I decided to prep my four gardens. Oh, four gardens sounds ambitious, but it’s really not more space than any regular backyard garden. One of my criteria in choosing a house was that it have a sunny space for a garden. This house was perfect, but there wasn’t enough all-light area for a regular garden. There was, however, room to have four small, narrow gardens. It wasn’t really all in the back 40 (the back yard in my case), so I decided to call the gardens “the Back Forties.”
garden3
There is a lot to remember from my childhood gardening days, and a lot to learn (which fortunately I can do right here at Grit.com with articles like Small-Scale Crop Rotation). It is not nearly time to be planting. I haven’t tested the soil for pH balance. I haven’t mapped out which plants will go where. Heck, I haven’t even ordered my seed catalogs! But it is early enough to dream.
garden2
All I’ve done so far is dig out plants and weeds and deeply spade the dirt to “prep.” Maybe it was just really an excuse to play in the dirt. One section, what I call Garden 2, was originally part of the yard and the sod had to be removed. Not fun, with a spade. But ambition and a falsely-spring Saturday drove me.

I realize this column is all about food, and has always included a recipe. But food will grow out the Back Forties, and it will end up in my kitchen, on my plate, and in this column.garden4

The dreaming goes on. Time to order the seed catalogs ...

Rock and Mulch Guard May Benefit Your Plants

The Rock and Mulch Guard solves the problem that gardeners are always facing: Having to pull rocks out of the mud and away from their plants.  Invented by gardener Garry Mueller, the Rock and Mulch Guard prevents the rocks from working their way down into the mud during early spring snow melt and rain. According to garden center managers, one of the most asked questions is: Is there a product that keeps rock and mulch away from the plants?

The Rock and Mulch Guard keeps rocks away from the base of the plants and saves time for the gardener by not having to remove them manually. In the summer months, rocks can heat up to 140 degrees around the plant, making it hard on the plant. The Rock and Mulch Guard prevents this from happening. It collects water and fertilizer and sends it straight to the root system stimulating growth so the plants are larger and healthier.  Plants such as hostas and day lilies need to be thinned every two to three years, but with the Rock and Mulch Guard in place you don’t have to do this. The plants won’t grow outside the Guard because of the weed barrier they are on. The Rock and Mulch Guard can be used for flowers and also other garden plants such as tomato plants, eggplants, peppers and many others.

The Rock and Mulch Guard has four legs with a flange around the bottom that rocks and mulch sit on to help hold it down and firmly in place.  It is available in 8-inch and 12-inch sizes. An 18-inch is in development. The sides are 3 inches in height and are tapered 5 degrees so that they stack on top of each other. The Rock and Mulch Guard requires no assembly and provides years of trouble-free use. 

The inventor is currently looking for a licensee.  For more information, email Garry Mueller or call 402-727-7462.

This press release is presented without editing for your information.  GRIT does not recommend, approve or endorse the products and/or services offered. You should use your own judgment and evaluate products and services carefully before deciding to purchase. 

Reflections on 2012 - Life in the Country

Cheryl in Texas head shot2012 turned out to be a big year for us, full of many little victories.  After all the horrible setbacks of 2011 we are mighty grateful!  Words can’t even express how blessed and grateful!

Last year at this time and through February, we were clearing dead trees to create our little home site.  We put planted the garden in March and installed about 300 feet of water lines.  The house was delivered in April and we moved in towards the end of that month.  

In May, we celebrated our seventh wedding anniversary and we also added to our furry pack – a pup from the shelter that we named Cisco.  Gracie the cat still doesn’t like him, even though she has always lived with dogs.  Go figure.  (Cisco weighed 10 pounds when we brought him home, and now, at 9 months, he’s up to 70+ pounds!) About a week later, a lost kitty found her way to our little farm.  We named her Two Socks; she’s the best dog we have.

In June we started fencing a backyard.  We came up with our own design, and now that “phase one” is done, we have to brag just a little – it’s a pretty darn nice looking fence!  

In June we also canned 30 pints of homegrown diced tomatoes and I started making homemade yogurt every week.  We ate tons of zucchini and yellow squash from the garden and put 15 pounds of homegrown tomatillos in the freezer for making green enchilada sauce later.  The backyard fencing project continued all summer.  

In August, our wonderful, sweet, oldest dog Maggie passed away unexpectedly.   Oh how she is missed by all of us!  But her spirit is ever-present in the pasture.  Furry sister Ellie has never quite been the same.  You’ll never convince us that animals don’t grieve! 

In September we celebrated our one year pasture anniversary!  Looking back at pictures, the pasture looked like a moon scape the year before.  But with some tender loving care and some blessed winter rains, it came roaring back to life!  We’re in desperate need of rain still, but hope to start cutting hay this next year.  I also started making all of our own bread in September – we don’t buy it from the store anymore.  

In October, an itty, bitty kitten showed up at the farm.  He couldn’t have been more than 6-8 weeks old, if that.  He started out as Kicking Bird (KB), but he’s so fast, we now call him Dash.  Then a few days later, another kitten, about 3 or 4 months old, showed up.  We named her Nala because we had just seen the Lion King on tv and she kind of looks like Nala.  So now we have barn kitties, but no barn…yet.   In the meantime, Dash has recently decided he likes being a man of leisure and has moved inside and made himself right at home.  It frightens us to think of what they went through to make it to us – especially Dash.  How dangerous it was for them to be on their own out there.  Whatever happened, we’re glad they showed up to be a part of our family.  

We had broccoli and green and purple cabbage in the winter garden.  The wild extremes in our temps killed it all off.  We weren’t prepared this year with a cold frame.  And after days of high 70s and low 80s, who could have predicted it would drop to 18 degrees in 24 hours!   And it’s done that a couple of times.  Unseasonably warm to unusually cold.   But the beauty of mild winters is that there is time to try some cabbage again (I’ll be growing heirloom varieties from seed).  I’m getting the seeds started in the house and will transplant in January.  It should be done producing by the time the spring air starts to warm and spring garden seedlings and are ready to be transplanted.  

On that note, we are already making plans for the spring garden.  We will stick with strictly heirloom varieties like we did last year.  Only this year, we will endeavor to save seeds.  Learned that lesson just this week…one of the tomatoes we liked the most was the Sioux variety.  But the seed company we bought from last year doesn’t have them this year.  I’m sure there are other great varieties, but we will hopefully still have good germination from the seeds we bought last year and will definitely save our own seeds for the future.  

We have also started phase two of our fencing plan, which will include a chicken/duck run and coops.  We were planning to have it all done in time for spring chicks/ducklings.  And we’re making good progress now that it’s not so hot outside!  But everything has been kicking into high gear after receiving a surprise Christmas present of a pair of two-week old chicks!  They are living in the laundry room in a large box for now, but will need outdoor quarters in the very near future!

 bessandemmy
Oh!  I almost forgot...we have some bees ordered for this spring too!  We're excited to try once again and hope to have better luck this time around.  The hives are already built, so we're ready to go. 

Happy New Year to you all!  May your year be filled will health, joy and creativity!

Until next time...worms rock and bees rule. 

A Warning About Seed Orders and Barren Gardens

I love it when the seed catalog arrives with the Christmas cards.  We used to spend hours drooling over the latest offerings, comparing growing days and zones, resistance to diseases, prices and other data relevant to our location and needs.  Although we made our seed orders early we were never in a hurry to receive them because most years we have snow on the ground until at least the end of March.  We had plenty of time we thought.

Then one year our languorous affectation was blown completely away!  We'd made our normal seed order in early January then waited.  Waiting was nothing new to us.  In
our northern climate we often specified that fruit trees be shipped in the spring after the snow was gone.  We usually got our order in parts and we'd never experienced problems in the past.  But this time it was different!

That year in particular, after rising fuel prices made everything else expensive a lot of people began gardening to alleviate the skyrocketing price of fresh vegetables. 
And I mean a LOT of people.  Even in our area we met dozens of people who were planting their first garden.  We were so thankful that so many were going to experience the joy of eating actual fresh vegetable that we never considered the problems it would cause nationally. 
At least we didn't until January slipped past, then February, then March, and then April, and we still hadn't received our seed order.

Inquiries were made and each time we were reassured that our order would be shipped "in season."  Finally we got our package from the seed company with about half of our
order in it.  The apology and explanation was short.  It seems that they'd underestimated demand and had run out of the seed we'd ordered.  They shipped out orders to the warmest places
first, expecting to have more seed available for the colder climates but the new seed never materialized.  They were sorry for any inconvenience and encouraged us to order the missing items from other suppliers. 

To say we were angry would severely understate our emotions at the time.  We'd done business with this company for years!  Naturally every other seed supplier was also out of the varieties we wanted.  Some were out of almost all of their seed.  We were relegated to purchasing from the very limited selections at our local merchants and chain stores.  What a disaster!  Especially when we depend on the garden for most of the food we eat.

But that disaster brought some needed changes in our lives.  We now save our own seed instead of depending upon suppliers a thousand or more miles away. 

I'm not going into the "how-to's" of seed saving because it would be too lengthy for this type of forum. I just want to sound a warning to those who rely on outside sources. 
If for some reason you cannot replenish your seed yourself be sure to specify that they ship any seed you order immediately.  Second; try ordering enough extra to save some for the next year. Rotate your stock and make a new order every year and you'll always be a year ahead ... just in case! 

If you've never saved your own seed now is a good time to start.  By that I mean ordering heirloom and non-hybrid varieties that reproduce themselves.  Most seed companies have them and you can also look for seed exchanges in magazines like Grit and The Mother Earth News.  Plus, by starting now you'll have time to study and learn the seed-saving process before harvest.

If, like us, you are striving for self-sufficiency saving your own seed is one more step forward on the road to independence.

 

Mint Jelly from the Garden

by Lisa at Fresh Eggs Daily 

My grandmother was a great lady. She kept chickens, knew how to knit AND crochet, and purportedly once beat a rabid raccoon off with a baseball bat. She also made her own mint jelly.
Picking Mint from the Garden
I remember as a child sitting in the garden with her, choosing which leaves we would pick to bring back to the house to magically transform into mint jelly over the course the afternoon.

Sadly, my grandmother died last year. She was just shy of her 100th birthday. Of course her mint jelly recipe wasn't written down anywhere, but I think this recipe comes pretty darn close to the mint jelly she used to make. This was my first year making my own jelly. I don't know why I hadn't tried making it before, because it's so easy and beats the store bought version by a mile.  Our pantry is now graced with several canning jars of mint jelly and I can almost feel my grandmother smiling down.
Three Jars of Jelly
Mint Jelly from the Garden
(yields four 1/2 pint jars)

1-1/2 Cups fresh mint leaves
3-1/4 Cups water
1/2 teaspoon fresh squeezed lemon juice
1.75 ounces pectin
3-1/2 Cups sugar

Rough chop the mint leaves and measure, packing tightly. Add to the water in a saucepan and bring to a rapid boil, then cover and let stand for ten minutes.

Strain and measure out three cups of liquid, and pour back into the saucepan. Add the lemon juice and whisk in the pectin. Bring back to a boil and then whisk in the sugar, a little at a time.

Once the mixture reaches a rapid boil, cook for an additional minute or two and then pour into sterilized canning jars and process for ten minutes.  Store sealed jars in a cool, dark place.

JellyTrio 

Join me at Fresh Eggs Daily on Facebook and my Blog for more recipes, DIY crafts, tips, tricks and advice to raising happy, healthy chickens as naturally as possible.
 

signature 

How to Plant Blueberries

The Benefits of Blueberries 

Blueberries are one of the healthiest foods you can eat. They are rich in antioxidants and nutrients. They can be eaten right off the plant, made into jams and jellies, fermented to make homemade wine, or baked into muffins, pies, or other baked goods.

Transplanted Blueberry Plants 

The Needs of Blueberry Plants 

With the versatility and healthiness of blueberries I decided to plant some on my farm. Even if you do not have a farm I am sure you could find a bit of space to grow blueberries in your yard or in containers on a patio. I have a lot going on at my farm in growing crops for both humans and livestock and with the constraints of living in an area of large shade trees that I have to get creative in how and where I plant my crops. I recently added a pond and had to remove some trees which open up an area for sunlight. That is where I planted my blueberry plants.

The Site for the New Blueberry Plants 

Besides obviously needing sunlight to grow blueberries need to be planted with at least two varieties for better pollination. I planted three varieties of blueberry plants: Climax, Britewell and Tifblue. I bought 16 blueberry plants from Echo Springs Blueberry Farm near my home in Texas. To give you an idea of the cost, I paid $8.75 per each 1 gallon sized plant.

Blueberry plants require acidic soil with a pH of 4.0 to 5.0. The roots of blueberry plants are shallow grown and are very close to the surface. With that in mind I will have to provide adequate soil moisture and will need to provide mulch. Mulching is required to aid in acidifying the soil, conserving soil moisture and controlling weeds.

 I will also need to water the blueberry plants deeply once a week especially during the fruit ripening season. A normal blueberry season begins in late May and last until late July. I will need to pick the berries when they are fully ripe; otherwise the fruit may be sour.

How to Plant Blueberries 

  1. While the plants are still in their pots place the blueberries to help you to visualize where they will be planted. I placed my blueberry plants 4 feet apart between each plant and about 6 feet between each row.

The Placement of the Blueberry Plants Before the Actual Transplanting 

2.  My husband tilled up the ground for me with his tractor. If you are unable to till the ground to loosen up the soil before transplanting the blueberry plants you will need to dig a hole twice the diameter of the root ball so that the roots can easily spread into the uncompacted soil.

The Freshly Tilled Area for the Blueberries 

3. Place the blueberry plant in the hole so that the top of the root ball is even with the surrounding soil level. You may discover that some of the plants may be root bound. Root bound means that the roots have essentially grown in a circle and are compacted. If this has happened you will need to gently squeeze and ruffle up the root ball a bit so that the roots begin to extend from the dirt a bit. This technique will help the plant to extend its roots into the nearby soil instead of continuing to grow in a circle.

Plant Blueberry at Existing Soil Level to How It Was in the Container 

4.  Apply mulch made of pine needles, leaves, grass clippings, and/ or shredded tree bark.

A Closer View of the Mulch 

5.  Water thoroughly. It is important that during the first growing season to keep the root ball moist and to not allow it to dry out.

Apply Mulch around Blueberry Plants 

Learn more self-reliant skills at  www.thetexaspioneerwoman.blogspot.com 

Lesson Learned, Moving On--Or Not?

A-photo-of-Colleen-Newquist It's been over a year since my last post—is that possible? Well, the calendar doesn't lie. And neither do I. Most of the time, anyway!  

This much is true: After a serious reality check on my ambitions to farm, I severely scaled back my dreams and decided to try growing a modest garden in our mostly wooded yard. We gardened quite a bit when we lived in our previous house. Mostly flowers and herbs, a few tomato plants, strawberries one year, lettuce another. I could do this.   

I acquired a tiller, identified a 12' X 24' patch that seemed to get the most sun, and got to work amending the soil, starting a compost heap, and planting what seemed most likely to succeed with just four hours of direct sunlight--peas, lettuce, arugula, greens, some herbs. The arugula did OK, and I ate the handful of fresh peas that grew right there in the garden. The lettuces never got beyond the baby leaf stage, and the spinach never showed at all. The rosemary, oregano, and thyme never got much bigger than the plants I put in the ground. The sage withered and died. The one bright spot, which indicates that I must indeed have one bright spot in the garden: the usually sun-loving basil inexplicably flourished, growing tall and bushy. Go figure.

All wasn't a total failure. I learned a few things along the way, including the fact I like cooking and eating fresh produce more than I like tending to it, especially in 100-degee heat, especially now that kneeling and squatting are a lot less comfortable than a decade ago. And that no amount of enthusiasm can make up for lack of sunlight. Lesson learned. Moving on--somewhat literally, this time!

Driving home from an anniversary getaway in Saugatuck, Michigan, we stopped in the tiny town of Three Oaks, Michigan for breakfast. We love Three Oaks. We'd been through a few times before and are smitten with the mix of small-town charm and culture worthy of a big city. We spotted an adorable cottage for sale, with a lush garden of grasses and flowers for a front yard and a metal glider on the front porch, and on a whim, made an offer. We closed a month later. We intend to rent it to vacationers in the summer. In the meantime, we're spending nearly every weekend there, painting and decorating, making new friends, and soaking up small-town life. 

Three Oaks Cottage 

It's the perfect house for us, cozy and comfortable, just right for two. And it's got this huge back yard, with a single apple tree, a single daylily plant, and about 13,000 square feet of sunshine, beckoning like a blank canvass. I really am not fond of digging, bending, stooping, sweating in the heat of summer. I don't like it all. I can be really lazy. I don't like weeding. Who has time to water? Besides, we don't even live there. And yet, and yet...a sun-warmed strawberry plucked fresh from the plant tastes like a burst of joy, a homegrown heirloom tomato is incomparably delicious, and herbs--how I love the ruffling the leaves of oregano, basil, thyme, tarragon, sage, lavendar, lemon balm, rosemary just to breathe in their heady aroma.
 

Well. Some lessons have to be learned repeatedly before they stick.
 

We'll see where this goes!

Colleen Newquist embraces an almost-country life from her home in Park Forest, IL--and now in Three Oaks, MI! She is the creator of Sunny Side Up, an illustrated essay in each print edition of Capper's magazine. For more of her writing and drawings, visit colleennewquist.com.
 

A Quick Trip to NC

I recently traveled to Havelock, NC for two months to train other Marines in my job field.  My weekends were spent driving around the area and admiring the gardens and colorful landscaping.  I found a some great picture opportunities for my digital camera, and a chance to show my wife and children this beautiful area. where I was previously stationed from 2002-2005.Bench 

One of the streets that I drove on provided an interesting find.  I spotted a home where the owners apparently purchased the front and back lots and used the rear lot as a garden.  I must admit that some jealousy ran through me for a few seconds.  The owners had also erected a bird motel consisting of numerous hollowed out gourds.  This is a great way to keep your natural insect control close at hand!

Gourd  

I even managed to find an elevated water barrel that was used to water a short row of vining plants.  This is something I have been seeing a lot of in gardening posts on various sites, and I am interested in trying this in the future.Water tower 

While my home in California, and most of the western US was in a drought, I was pounded with rain during the majority of my trip in NC.  During a trip to the local New Bern Farmer's Market in New Bern, NC, I was informed that there had been an incredibly long dry spell there as well.  I guess my arrival coincidentily marked the beginning of the much appreciated and needed wet weather.

  My time in NC was enjoyable, but it's great to be home again and tending to my own crops at Stone Hill Garden in sunny Southern California.  My summer crops did not fair so well with the intense heat, so I am hoping for a good fall/winter harvest.  Happy planting and picking to all, and feel free to visit us at FaceBook.

Colder Weather Approaching

 A View of The Delaware Wap Gap Pennsylvania
 

A View Of The Delaware Water Gap, Pennsylvania  

My residence isn’t far from the Delaware Water Gap, here in Pennsylvania, and recent days have been considerably colder, particularly at night. Some days have been in the low 60s. A few days ago the temperature at night was under 30 degrees, and my pepper plants, which had been holding on, all went under. I cut them at ground level and placed the plants in the compost pile. The roots will remain to start decomposing. Next year I plan to have at least twelve plants. They all produced well and I plan to obtain newly started ones from the same source next spring. 

   parsley remains alive after freezing temperatures 

Parsley Remains Alive After Freezing Temperatures  

My parsley continues to grow and seems to have survived the recent freezing overnight temperatures. I’ll leave it as long as it’s still growing but eventually will compost it. 

  several varieties of lettuce growing well under hoops 

Several Varieties of Lettuce are Growing Well Under Hoops  

Thus far I’ve had good fortune with my lettuce under the one hoop cover. I’ve done nothing but water it, keep an eye on it, and harvest it. Some days I’ll open the cover if the temperature is warm, but recently I’ve kept it closed. Before planting, I had turned the soil and fertilized it, so I had expected the seeds to germinate. But since I’m new at this, I didn’t know what growth to expect—I’m very pleased. 

  mizuna under the hoop 

Mizuna Under the Hoop  

Mizuna, an Asian green with a sweetish, peppery flavor, is a favorite of mine and I am hoping for a good harvest, but thus far I’m not very encouraged. It may be that Mizuna may not like cool temperatures, as the plants are growing, but slowly. 


Nothing can bring you peace but yourself. Nothing can bring you peace but the triumph of principles - Ralph Waldo Emerson

How a Tomato Harvest Became an Outreach

When the weather threatened to freeze off our tomato plants last Saturday night, we took advantage of a slow day at home and went to the back yard around noon to grab the last of the red 'maters from the garden. Unlike the previous sweat-filled harvesting sessions, we were bundled up in warm jackets and hats at first before the sun broke and the heat of our efforts caused us to shed a layer.

Andy came out and helped, too, as my ability to bend and pick has greatly diminished as the months wear on. Ethan again showed laser beam dedication to the cause, easily picking his own weight in tomatoes before asking to go ride bike. Elly was a bit harder to keep focused and I finally had to give her a tangible goal of filling two grocery bags before she was excused to hop on her two-wheeler.

  OvergrownGarden 

Before we were even half way through the rows (if you can even figure out where the rows are in the photo above), two neighborhood boys came zipping through the alley on their Razr scooters. I'd seen them before. In fact, a few weeks ago, I'd been out weeding while our kids played and they came by, asking if I had any jobs for them to do. I was amused as I had heard about this; people paying local kids to rake the leaves or mow the lawn for them. While our lawn really needed it, we didn't have petty cash budgeted for jobs we could do ourselves. I weighed the value of the work they could do verses our saving money, and in the end I was just too far outside my comfort zone to give them anything to do. As it was, they were happy to play with our kids in the yard while I worked, which benefited all. I have seen them around here and there since that day and each time the boys were very friendly and waved hello or asked what we were up to.

There are a lot of kids around our neighborhood, ranging in age from baby to teenagers. Most of them are pretty indifferent to our family and won't even acknowledge when our overly outgoing kids yell "Hello!" to them. There's a pack of them that hang out at the end of the alley on school nights, all sitting on bikes and chatting idly as the evening creeps in. We call them the Biker Gang and deem them about as harmless as the Apple Dumpling Gang. I'm not sure if these two boys are a part of that group, but of all the kids we've seen zoom past our backyard this summer, they have been the most polite.

I was pondering all of this when the boys stopped on the road and asked what we were up to. Smiling, I said, "What does it look like we're doing?"

"Harvesting tomatoes," said the brown haired boy.

"That's right!" said I.

"Can we help you!?" he asked with such fervor that I wasn't sure what to make of it.

I hesitated. "Well, we don't really have any money to pay you for your time–"

Brown Haired Boy responded before the words were out of my mouth. "That's ok! Just give us a bag and we'll help 'til you're done!"

"Wow, ok! And if your families like tomatoes, you can pick some to take home."

Brown Haired Boy dropped his scooter on the grass and his friend, Blonde Haired Boy did the same. Andy handed them some bags and they began grabbing beautiful ripe tomatoes and filling each respective bag until they had quite the haul. We asked them where they lived. Blonde Haired Boy lives on the very end of the alley, in the house closest to where Biker Gang congregates. Turns out, it's his family that has a small bike repair business in their garage and every time we walk past, someone is working on a bicycle with countless pieces of two-wheelers scattered about the garage floor. (that might explain Biker Gang a bit). Brown Haired Boy lives on the next parallel street to ours and is best friends with Blonde Haired Boy.

Finally I asked them their names. Brown Haired Boy turned out to be Austin. Blonde Haired Boy goes by Carter. Austin and Carter took their cache of tomatoes to Austin's house (down the block) to give to his mother. Andy and I kept picking, thinking that was the end of it.

We were very wrong, in a very blessed sort of way. Within minutes, we saw the boys walking back to our yard with a couple plastic bags bulging with produce. Behind them a woman just a bit older than us came with another bag. It was Carter's mother.

I was closest to the road as they approached and paused my picking to acknowledge her. She asked, "Do you like cabbage and carrots? We just harvested these from our garden and thought you might be able to use them, seeing as the boys told me you only grew tomatoes this year."

"A veggie exchange! How wonderful!" I exclaimed.

In fact, the bags were filled with squash, onions, beets, carrots and cabbage. What an incredible trade! They must have brought over three times as much as we gave them. Andy and I thanked her profusely while Austin and Carter began harvesting again. It was the first time we had met her and she and I talked about the gardening year and Carter's friendship with Austin. Soon she headed back home and the six of us continued to work in the garden.

Sooner than I thought, we had found every last ripe tomato. Because of the frost coming, we also picked any tomato that showed the least bit of ripening, including some that were by all accounts green, but yet had a shade of pink or orange on one side.

"Well, guys, I think we're done for today," Andy announced as we hauled our bags to the back of the house.

"Oh, do you have anything else we could do?" asked Austin. He is the more outgoing of the two.

"Actually, if you don't mind, it would help a lot if the tomatoes were sorted by ripeness, so we can process them before some go bad," I stated.

"OH YES! Please let us help sort the tomatoes!" both boys exclaimed. How could we resist that? Andy and the boys put all the harvest in one area of the lawn and began sorting by green, sort of ripe and super ripe. Below, you can see the group sorting together.

  TomatoSorting 

When the task was finished, they happily helped us haul the boxes and bags of produce up the stairs into our newly cleaned out back pantry. We're not really sure what the room is supposed to be. It shoots off our kitchen with a single door and is about four feet deep by fourteen feet long. There is a makeshift door to the backyard without a handle on the outside. The whole thing looks like someone put an afterthought into it and just tacked it to the back of the house. It looks a lot like an enclosed porch with very few windows. A few weeks ago, Andy cleaned it out from top to bottom and made it into a very useful storage space for our food, cleaning supplies and other odds and ends. This is where we'll be cold storing a lot of our winter produce as it keeps a solid temp of 40˚– 50˚. Below, just some of the produce Carter's family shared with us, neatly stored in existing boxes and containers left here by our landlord.

  BackPantry 

When the harvest was in, I asked everyone if they'd like to be in a photo for a blog I was sure to post. :) Of course the kids were super excited, so here are our harvesters from left to right: Carter, Austin, Andy, Elly, Ethan. Not pictured, me. Liam had been napping the whole time. Behind is the alleyway we speak of so often.

  HarvestingCrew2012 

As Andy and I prepared a hasty lunch of three left-over soups, we invited the boys to stay and eat. While we worked in the kitchen, they played with our little ones. When it was time to eat, they helped set the table and politely tried each soup, even though they had never heard of two of the three we were serving.

During the meal we were able to get to know Carter and Austin a little better. They are both ten and go to school together at the elementary school just a few block from our homes. When they saw Andy spicing up his soup with some chipotle powder in his soup, they wanted to try it as well. Soon this escalated into a no-holds-barred heat-tolerance-man-show in which each young man at the table tried to up the ante with more and more hot sauces from our fridge. By the end, Austin was pretty red and sweaty, but Carter held his own, going spice for spice with Andy and keeping his cool (we even broke out Might Mustard and had them try it straight up)!

When lunch was over, they helped clean up the table and then offered to clean up all the toys they'd used when playing with our kids. Before I knew it, they had the broom out and my washcloth and were urging me not to leave the kitchen until they were ready for me to see their work. "Almost there! Don't look yet!" I kept hearing from the other rooms.

It really warmed my heart. And the whole experience from harvest to meal time with these two ten year olds got me thinking about the children in our cities. As I washed the dishes and listened to the hustle in the living room, I wondered how many of our children are craving the sort of attention these boys were. They were literally begging to be put to work by us and when they finished one job, they happily moved on to the next. I bet they would have cleaned our bathroom had we asked.

When I was growing up in the country, I had designated chores from early on. Pretty much as soon as I could wield a broom and feed calves, I was officially employed by my parents. I began getting a weekly allowance of a few dollars per week and I was able to save up for toys or art supplies that I really wanted. It gave me a sense of value as well as responsibility in my own home. I went to a country grade school in which most of my friends had farms of their own and had the same home life as I did. It wasn't until middle school when they blended the city kids with the country kids in one big city school (big for a small town I guess) that I began to see how the "other half" lived outside of the classroom. Many walked home, dumped their backpacks in their rooms and ran off to someone else's house to play video games or play basketball or just loiter in the streets in groups until the dinner bells rang. These kids had nothing to do!

As middle school gave way to high school, the separation between country kids and city kids was far less apparent as many of us got involved in after school sports and spent more time at the school going to games and participating in clubs. As I reflect, however, those of us with chores waiting for us at home were far less likely to be the ones getting in trouble. It wasn't a generality, of course, because those farm kids are very ingenious with the way they spent their midnight hours on a weekend. It wouldn't be a small town without someone having been toilet papered over the weekend and a party in the woods being busted. Still, the sense of purpose and a general ability to face down temptation was higher in those of us with something real to do after school.

As more and more Americans have moved away from the farm or countryside and grow up in pretty little suburbs with everything at their fingers, there is a sense of un-direction in the youth. We've seen it with the Biker Gang down the street. This mindset of "I've got four hours to kill between the last bell ringing and dinner. What do you want to do today?" is perplexing those kids. They WANT something to do. They crave responsibility. How many college students can't handle the freedom when Mom and Dad are no longer there to come home to? How many thirty year olds are back living in their parents' home?

I grabbed a soup pot and began scrubbing as the clamor in the other rooms continued.

An overall sense of un-direction. What a disappointing and depressing way to feel. Austin and Carter, at age ten, showed the initiative and drive that I'm sure most of those kids have to begin with. Humans are designed to feel needed and useful, especially the children. I think it's only from years of being trained otherwise that folks grow into the cog role that most adults fulfill. Work for the weekend and indulge in as much pleasure as possible between 5pm Friday and 8am Monday. 

It seemed to me that part of the reason Carter and Austin were the only polite kids on the block and so willing to help is a combination of desire to be needed and responsibility at home. I don't see them very much on the weekdays like I see most the other kids. I see them out and about on Saturdays, presumably their day off. The fact that they wanted to help us, then hang out with us, then eat with us and clean belied their own unique sense of family.

We seemed right to them. We felt safe. A garden was a familiar start for them to step into our world. We felt just as drawn to them, as if we could offer something for these boys that they might be missing.

"Ok, you can come look!" Austin yelped from the dining room. I was torn from my thoughts and the soup pot in my hands. I grabbed the kitchen towel and crossed the kitchen to the dining room door. "Wow!" I exclaimed, not even a bit exaggerating. They had washed the table, picked up the toys, swept the floor, put all the shoes in order, tidied up the end tables and folded the blankets in the living room. The place looked amazing and I'm not sure I could have done it better myself. Andy gave out boisterous high fives and I offered Mom-hugs to each child.

We sent them off with a bag of home-canned tomato products for their mothers and a handful of chocolate chips for themselves, and the promise that they were welcome to stop by anytime.

I really hope they take us up on that offer because it is genuine. Both of the boys were especially interested in what Andy had to say and followed his every move, whether he noticed or not. I felt very deeply that they needed us in some tangible way and who were we to brush that aside? I wish I had gotten their phone numbers so that I might call them over this week as we process tomatoes and make sausage. I know they would jump at the chance to learn a skill, to be useful. And their enthusiasm would be a wonderful influence on our small ones who are just learning the trades of self-sufficiency at home.

Yes, I'll be looking for those boys next Saturday, zipping by on their Razr scooters. We have so much we can share with them and I'm not really talking about the food.

This is how community starts in your own backyard garden.

PS: The freeze we were expecting never came. There will be another harvest before the week is out!

Welcome to our Mosquito Mountain Homestead

Susan, (my wife)
Susan, (my wife)

Scott (our grandson)
Scott (our grandson) 

Steven GregersenWelcome to our home and life. We live on a 20 acre, off-grid homestead in the mountains of northwestern Montana.

We began this life because we wanted to be free of the cash-based economy and the accompanying enslavement to a “steady” job where we were only slightly better than indentured servants of the 1600’s.  We wanted to declare our independence from the grocery store and from food that had been planted in “dead” soil,  nurtured with petroleum based fertilizers, bathed in herbicides, and insecticides, then picked green, injected with artificial coloring and shipped half-way around the world to be sold weeks or months later in the “fresh food” department at our local grocery store!  We especially wanted to give a one-fingered salute to the gas pump and utility companies (we’d already done that with network TV!). 

In short, like a teenager on his eighteenth birthday we wanted to declare our independence.  A person who’s reliant on others for the necessities of life will always be subject to and dependent upon the people and companies who feed, house, and protect him.  Whether it’s the grocery store, the utility company, an employer, or the government.

Compounding our frustration was the simple fact that all of these entities are extremely complex in operation and the break down of even a small part could deprive us (and the U. S.) of necessities for daily existence.  Oil embargoes in the Middle East have left Americans waiting in long lines for rationed (and expensive!) fuel. The irresponsible actions of the government and banking system plunged us into an economic downturn that may take decades to recover from. A large part of our agriculture relies on a steady influx of illegal immigrants for planting, cultivation and harvest.  The government’s response to even moderate emergencies is woefully inadequate.  I shudder to think of how long it would take to react to any wide-scale disaster, terrorist attack or unrest.  The entire system we depend upon for our very existence seems as fragile as a house of cards just waiting to collapse with the first stiff breeze. The truth of the matter is that we don’t have much confidence that the “machinery” of our world is reliable enough to trust with our lives and livelihood.

Not only were we seeking independence we wanted security as well.

We summed it up this way:  "We want to be able to live our life in relative comfort and security without depending on outside resources."

Our adventure began in the last week of July, 2003, when we took possession of our 20 acre homestead in northwestern, Montana.  It hasn't stopped since!    We began with 20 acres of logged-over mountain property and two dilapidated buildings.  Both were in need of a gallon of gasoline and a match but my wife said that she could clean them up (and she did!) so the work began.

our kitchen the first month
This was our kitchen the first month while we cleaned out the cabin shell. 

the cabin
This is what the cabin looked like on the day we took possession. 

inside of the cabin
The inside had been trashed by vandals, vagrants and pack rats while it stood empty for six years. 

roof
The roof leaked and the insulation had fallen to the floor.  Vandals had destroyed everything that would break. 

chinking between the logs
The chinking between the logs had missing sections allowing the mosquitoes easy access so Susan made mosquito netting for our bed using scavenged wedding veil material. The kids slept in backpacking tents set up inside the cabin near the bed.  Boys (2) in one, girls (2) in the other. 

At the time we still had four children at home.  Home was a 16 X 32 foot log cabin that needed a new roof, the walls chinked, the floor replaced, and whole pile of windows installed.  We also needed to evict the current residents … a colony of pack rats.

cleanup and restoration
As we progressed in our cleanup and restoration we began to move inside the cabin.  Here we have most of the windows finished.  The new roofing is on and the new flooring is leaning against the east wall.  You can still see gaps in the chinking in the north wall near the front door. 

kitchen
Now we've moved the “kitchen” inside.  Susan cooked on either a campfire outside or used a propane, single burner camp stove inside.  Here she's using a Coleman camp oven for baking.  The solar driveway lights stacked against the window on the west wall are used for reading lights by the kids.  It was cheaper than flashlights and safer than oil lamps. 

The neighbors offered some advice that we adhered to:  have all your outside work finished by the end of October.  That gave us about 13 weeks to completely remodel the cabin, cut ten cords of firewood, build a root cellar, and dig the outhouse hole.  It would all have to be done by hand.  I was still working a full-time job and we had no cash reserves.  We put our “town home” up for sale, rolled up our sleeves and went to work.

By the end of October we were snug and warm in our cabin in the woods.  We had ten cords of wood cut and stacked for heat and cooking, no running water (we hauled our drinking water from town seven miles away), an outhouse, a root cellar, no electricity and six of us living in a cabin with 512 square feet of floor space.  We were thrilled!

wood stove and chimney
We have the windows in, roofing on, a new back door in place and now we're ready to put in the wood stove and chimney.  By now we're living in the cabin full time.  We haven't begun cutting wood yet nor have we had time to begin cleaning up outside the cabin. 

1 and a half story addition
The following summer we built a 12X16 foot, 1 ½ story addition for the kids and put a new door in the southeast corner of the original cabin.  We've moved the stove to it's present location in the southeast corner of the cabin.  A few years later (when this photo was taken) we'd increased our solar capability to 565 watts. 

deck on the front
We built a deck on the front later.  About half the lumber used was scavenged from various sources. 

Our first deer
Our first deer harvested at our new location.  This guy was shot near the cabin on the first day of hunting season out first year.  Note the firewood stacked in the background. 

boulder
We found ways to overcome obstacles.  We encountered this boulder while digging the hole for the outhouse.  After several unsuccessful attempts to remove it we finally set up a tripod and lever arrangement to lift it out of the hole.  These are the four children who made the move with us. From left to right their names are:  Tristan, Tim, Emily and Becky.  Tim and Becky are Twins.  (That's me in the hole.) 

Emily, Becky and Tristan playing Emily, Becky and Tristan playing a game of Uno by kerosene lamp light.  We didn't have any electricity the first couple of years. 

restored forest fire lookout
It wasn't all work.  This was taken on our way to spend the night at a restored forest fire lookout on top of a mountain.  We could easily see the peaks of Glacier National Park to the east.  At night there was not a single, man-made light visible in any direction and not a sound to be heard except those made by nature or us.   

In the years since we made our move we've learned a lot.  We'd like to share some of that knowledge with the readers of this blog but we're still learning and we want to hear from you as well.  Your comments are always welcome whether they are ways we can do things better, words of encouragement, different ways of looking at life's issues, and even short accounts of your own, similar experiences. Your interaction is greatly desired.

Joy is meant to be shared and burdens are never so heavy as when carried alone.  So please, join with us as we share our lives with you.

Steven Gregersen

Welcome to Red Lioness Gardens

Peppers In Box 

David StrattonHello and greetings to all Grit readers--I'm a relatively new gardener--this is my second year--and I'll be writing each week or so about my experiences, education, and ongoing projects in the gardening field. I've always been a DIY type and I decided to pursue a vegetable garden due to the quality of vegetables available in the supermarket. Additionally, I have no faith in the USDA to protect the food supply, and I wanted organic food.

Last year, I began by buying organic seeds--cucumbers--and using large clay pots to grow them in. I also made a box from wood and grew parsley. Tomatoes were grown in five gallon plastic buckets. My fertilizer was obtained from an ag student I know who has been of considerable help. Considering that this was my first effort, I had some good fortune. The tomatoes, which were of a plum variety, produced relatively well, although I did have some blossom end rot due to a lack of calcium. I learned this later after researching it online. But I had a good enough harvest to can seven quarts.

The cucumbers also had positives and negatives. The harvest was good--I had lots to give away and to eat, but some of the plants died due to the wilt caused by cucumber beetles. I noticed a beetle one day but did not realize what it was. Shortly thereafter, some of the plants became sick and died. Again, I researched the matter online and learned about wilt--most of my help has come from the Ohio State and Penn State extensions, and from Colorado State as well.

Last fall I decided to make a garden using raised beds and terraces. Wood frames formed the boundaries of my 300 square foot garden and I also made a terrace as the ground slopes sharply away from the southern sun. A good deal of excavating, leveling, and filling in was required. The soil was made from store-bought topsoil, sand, peat moss, and clay. Mixing these elements was done by hand and using a rototiller.

Zucchini
One of my last zucchinis  

This year after studying both online and in The Vegetable Gardener's Bible, by Edward C. Smith, I planted cucumbers, zucchinis, mizuna, lettuce, pole beans, broccoli, beets, peppers, tomatoes, parsley, basil, and cilantro. My seeds were ordered from High Mowing--the tomatoes and peppers were started for me. Fertilizer was made by mixing lime, potash, and phosphorus, available organically at ag and garden supply stores. I also had some fish emulsion.

The tomatoes, which were of the Rutgers variety, were doing will and had been producing fruit, when at one point I noticed that the individual tomatoes had orange spots in a circular, mosaic-like pattern. The leaves had lost their rich green color, and had numerous small black spots. Research at the Colorado State extension indicated that my plants were infected with spotted leaf wilt, caused by a virus vectored to the plant by the thrip, a tiny insect barely visible to the naked eye. Something else I'd never known about! There is no treatment once infection has taken hold. I had to pull up and discard all eight plants.

On the positive side, I had researched cucumber wilt and learned that radishes, planted with cucumbers, can deter cucumber beetles. Planting numerous radishes resulted in no infestation and a substantial harvest.

Pepper 

My other plants produced well. Above, peppers are still growing at the end of the season. I had a large number of zucchinis, a good number of beets, and my pole beans are still producing as well. My broccoli harvest was quite small--I'll research this. All in all, I believe I had a good season--I've learned how little I know, but I do know that:

Soil and amendments are crucial.
Examine the garden daily, and look for pests and signs of disease. Weed regularly.
Water regularly and carefully, and keep aware of rainfall and weather patterns.
Know each plant's needs.
Use a notebook to keep records of all you do, and use a camera.
Study and ask for advice.
Plan ahead.

Growing Root Vegetables for your Chickens

000profile
Autumn is the season for root vegetables. I love growing things underground because they are the one crop the rabbits don't eat from our garden and they are largely protected from insect damage also. 

It's so exciting to tug gently on the greens and watch as a beautiful vegetable emerges from the warm soil. Of course I plant extra to share with the chickens, now that the summer garden is depleted and their supply of lettuce, tomatoes and cucumbers has dwindled.

Here are some of my observations regarding feeding root vegetables to our flock:
beets
Beets - YES! Beet greens and stalks are a favorite of both our chickens and ducks and both also like the beet itself. They can eat them raw or cooked.

The ducks have an easier time if you chop or grate raw beets, but the chickens will happily peck away at them as long as I slice them in half.

Beets are extremely nutritious and have blood cleansing properties, so they are a good treat choice for your flock. Just don't panic if you see hot pink or teal poop in the run after a beet-fest!
carrots
Carrots - YES! We always have carrots on hand for our horses. We also grow them in our garden. The chickens and ducks love the carrot tops and will also eat carrot peels.

Whole raw carrots should be chopped or grated, especially for the ducks to manage, but cooked carrots are fine for them all to eat in any shape or size.

As an added bonus, the beta-carotene in the carrots will turn their egg yolks a brilliant orange.

I also add carrots to the twice yearly pumpkin seed, garlic natural worm preventative I feed our flock.
garlicbulb
Garlic - YES! There is a lot of conflicting information online about feeding garlic to chickens. Although part of the allium family which includes shallots, onions and chives, all of which can be toxic, garlic has natural antibiotic and immune system boosting properties. It also helps repel parasites such as ticks, fleas, mites and lice.

I feed my chicks minced fresh garlic in the brooder. I also add garlic powder to my laying hens daily feed. I have also floated whole garlic cloves in the waterers. In fact, I consider garlic to be one of the foundations of raising a healthy flock. Could garlic be toxic in large quantities? I suppose, but couldn't almost anything?

I can only tell you what works for me and how I choose to raise my flock, and I can tell you unequivocally that small amounts of garlic are not toxic - and are most likely very beneficial.
onion
Onions - NO! Onions contain a toxin that destroys red blood cells. Onions don't have the same health benefits as garlic, so any possible positives gained by feeding onions are far outweighed by the potential for them to be fatal.

Excessive amounts of raw or cooked onion can cause anemia or jaundice in your hens. I never knowingly feed our flock onion, but if they end up eating small amounts, in restaurant leftovers for example, it probably won't kill them.

Bottom line, try to avoid onion in any form but don't worry if they inadvertently eat some.

Parsnips
From our pinterest 'Gardening' board

Parsnips - YES! Parsnips are a nutritious food source for your flock. They are related to carrots and parsley and can be fed raw or cooked. But again, raw parsnips are more easily consumed if they are grated or chopped.
potoates
Photo courtesy of 1840 Farm

Potatoes - NO! Potatoes are a member of the nightshade family. The leaves and vines are toxic to chickens. To make matters worse, the skins, especially green skins, contain the toxin solanine. The green color signals higher concentrations of the toxin. The flesh also contains solanine, although in smaller quantities. I feed potatoes very infrequently, if ever, and never any green potatoes, peels, leaves or vines.

Fortunately, solanine is poorly absorbed and rapidly excreted by mammals, so small amounts of potato flesh as long as it isn't green most likely won't be fatal, but potatoes have very little nutritional value anyway, so they aren't an optimal treat. I would recommend refraining from feeding potatoes to your flock, but like onions, if they eat some cooked potato mixed in with leftovers it probably won't kill them.
radishes
Photo courtesy of 1840 Farm

Radishes - YES! The chickens will love both radishes and radish leaves. Again, radishes are much easier for the chickens to eat if they are grated or chopped first.
sweet potato
Sweet Potatoes - YES! Oddly enough, sweet potatoes are not a member of the nightshade family like the white potato. They are a member of the morning glory family and do not contain the toxin solanine, so they are perfectly safe to feed to your chickens, along with the leaves.

Sweet potatoes contain loads of vitamins and nutrients. Your chickens will love sweet potato, but like most other hard veggies, cooked or grated is going to be the easiest way for the chickens and ducks to eat them.
turnip
Photo courtesy of 1840 Farm

Turnips - YES! Turnips and turnips tops are a great healthy treat, although the chickens have an easier time with them if the turnips are grated or cooked and mashed.

You can also toss a halved turnip in the run and it will keep them busy for quite some time pecking at it or put a whole turnip in a hanging basket for them to nibble on.

As with any new food, your chickens might view these root vegetables with much suspicion and you may have to try offering a particular treat several times before a few brave souls will give it a try. But be persistent and they will eventually dive in!


JOIN US ON FACEBOOK and follow our blog FRESH EGGS DAILY for more tips, tricks and advice on raising chickens and ducks as naturally as possible.

 profile pic 

Gardening Lessons Learned

As the tomato vines begin to wilt and the squash plants turn yellow I find myself reviewing the garden’s performance this past summer and planning my garden for the coming fall/winter as well as next summer.

Let me just ballyhoo Grit’s Garden Planner program for a moment.  I’ve been using it for the past couple of years and I’ve found it to be such a tremendous help, especially for a newbie.  I garden in raised beds, (supposedly) using the square foot gardening method.  My boxes don’t move around much, so being able to copy the drawing of the garden from one season to the next saves me a great deal of trouble because I don’t have to re-draw all those boxes each year.  Also, while doing this, the program remembers where each crop family was and automatically shows a crop rotation warning of where any certain plant should NOT be planted this time.  When you click on any plant on the selector bar to drag it into your garden plan, fuzzy-pink spots flash where you should not put that plant.

Also, the information pop-up window for each plant helps me decide on placement due to sun/shade and what plants to companion with it.  The planting reminder e-mails are also very helpful.  I only wish they’d remind me when it’s time to harvest – but I’ll get to that in a moment.

Major Failures

My corn did very poorly.  Oh, the stalks grew quite nicely and put out great tassels, and most stalks produced one ear, but most of these ears stayed very small and the kernels never developed.

Garden Lessons Corn Box 

The beets started off with a bang and I was able to judiciously snip out some very tasty beet greens for our salads.  But most of the beet roots never got to a useable size.  I did pull a few that got to an inch or so in diameter (and they were delicious) but most just turned gray and wrinkly, never having gotten larger than a marble or grape.

Once again this year, the eggplants never got very large and the few fruit they developed were no larger than (ironically) an egg.

While I did harvest a large number of garlic fists, they too were all quite small – about the size of a walnut.

Onions grew well, developed nice tall tops but when they fell over and started to wilt I pulled them and found disappointingly small bulbs.  They taste great, they’re just quite small.

I have tried to raise Brussels Sprouts for the past three years.  Each year Looper worms move in and eat out the plants heart successfully rendering it useless just after I’ve gotten to where I’m encouraged by its size. Nothing I’ve tried is both effective against the worms and something I’d care to eat.

Possible Suspects

After pouring over information from the internet, I’m leaning toward the conclusion that I erred in thinking that planting everything in “soil” that is composed of composted manure and dried peat I would not need fertilizer.  In fact, I was afraid to add fertilizer because of warnings that over fertilizing vegetables causes the plant to flower profusely but limits growth and fruit production.  This lack of fertilizer may be the primary culprit in all of the above problems.

I planted my corn according to the Square-foot gardening book; 4 plants per square foot.  But I planted an entire bed in corn this way: 64 plants in a 4’ x 4’ bed.  My sources say that undeveloped kernels is due to pollination failure.  This failure can be caused by several things, but over-crowding is not one of them, in fact too much spacing is more a problem than crowding.  However, a corn plant typically puts roots out 12” around the stalk, having four plants per foot throughout the box may have sucked all the nutrients (especially nitrogen - corn needs lots of nitrogen) out of the soil before the ears developed fully.

Rainfall was spotty this year, and when we got it, it poured for days.  I watered between gushers, but hand watering often doesn’t really fill the bill because I don’t linger long enough to get the soil good and wet deep enough.  It was also hotter than normal, some plants don’t tolerate heat all that well.

Possible Solutions

Next year I plan to plant the corn in a checkerboard fashion and plant squares of black beans in between the corn squares.  I chose black beans because they will take just about as long to mature and dry as the corn to run its course.  Other types of beans could be used to add nitrogen back into the soil, but would need to be picked regularly, and I worry that pushing through to get to the bean squares toward the middle of the box would damage the corn stalks that would be in the way.  Of course I could plant four squares of corn in the middle and beans around the outside.

I *will* be investing in fertilizer next year to augment the compost in the soil.

I would like to engineer a system of soaker hoses to water the garden instead of using a wand.  My biggest concern is that some plants need a lot of water (like tomatoes) while others prefer just occasional watering.  For most, an inch of water per week is good.  To do this well, I need to group plants (in addition to all other considerations) by how much water they need.  I’ll need to find a way to calculate how much water passes through a soaker hose in an hour’s time.  And I’ll need to find a way to regulate the flow of water so that the light-water plants can be shut down sooner than the heavy water plants.  Everything I’ve come up with so far involves a pretty heavy investment into pipe and valves – particularly considering that the crops will be moved each year, so a “tomato section” (for example) isn’t really possible.

I won’t plant eggplants at all next year.  I’ve tried for three years and gotten nothing back for the effort.  We’re not so fond of them that we can’t do without them.

Everything else I will approach as though I were growing them in dirt and fertilize accordingly.

I lost a lot of produce to waiting for it to develop some size thus allowing it to go too long and get woody (beets, turnips, radishes, carrots).  Had I pulled them at the proper time, regardless of size, I’d have gotten more out of the garden than I did.  Next year I will record the date I plant each one, and use a calendar to put down reminders to harvest each one as well.

The garlic did poorly because I failed to cut off the canes a second time.  I cut them off when they appeared in the spring, but they grew back again and apparently that is why the fists never developed much size.  This year I will be more vigilant.

This fall I am again trying Brussels Sprouts.  But, I have a new weapon. My research says that the only effective (non-chemical) means of controlling the Loopers are hand picking to remove eggs and tiny worms before they do damage or row covers.  Although… one fellow says a bug-zapper hung over the Brussels Sprout bed does a good job of deterring (assassinating) the Looper moths – that’s a little too heartless for me at this point.  My eyes are not good enough that I can find and remove all the pin head sized eggs, so I built a Brussels Sprout House.

Garden Lessons Brussels Sprout House 

In earlier articles I described how and why I modified my Hoop House design from last year.  This is one of the new generation with an additional modification of air vents in two sides and the top.  The vents use window screening to keep out the moths.  These, I hope, will allow for enough air circulation to prevent over heating the seedlings (still quite small) during the tail end of summer and yet keep the dastardly Loopers at bay.  Maybe THIS year I’ll finally get to enjoy some Brussels Sprouts.  Those I do enjoy enough to keep trying.

Successes

Among the things that did quite well for us this year are a variety of beans, zucchini, tomatoes, cucumbers, lettuce, potatoes, cantaloupe, watermelon and a variety of peppers.  The peppers got a slow start and half the plants died, but those that survived are producing copious amounts of delicious peppers.  And my herb bed.   

I have quite a variety of herbs (including Stevia) growing in one bed that provides us with fresh herbs for cooking and lots more for drying or freezing for future use.  These have done so well, I’ve considered packaging and selling the dried herbs over the internet and to local health food outlets.  I’m not sure what kind of inspection and licensing would be required, so I’m just considering that for now.

I can say that my friends and family will not be running out of herbs any time soon!

Tips for Deer-Resistant Gardening

Whole books could be written about methods for deer resistant gardening. Thankfully, deer haven't been that much of an issue for me over the past 18 years living on my property as they seem to have preferred the higher elevations of Colfax, Grass Valley and Forest Hill.

This year, however, is different. For some reason the deer have chosen to place my property in their listing of five-star resorts to visit. For the past few months there has been a family of deer that regularly stop by my property and treat my plantings as I would treat the banquet table at Thanksgiving dinner. A nibble here. A chomp there. Bold as you please with little regard for me and my dogs they saunter through my shrubs, gardens and plantings sampling as they go. So inured have they become to my presence that I can even walk my dogs and they will do little but stop and stare for a few moments. Or perhaps they're just resting their jaws.

 Baby bandits 

And so it is that I have joined the ranks of those who have made it their life's work to deter deer from their garden without the use of deadly force. So, keyboard in hand, I have scoured the Internet in search of remedies and here is a sample of what I've found.

Suggested methods to deter deer:

  • Keep a dog in your yard.
  • Plant deer-resistant plants (short list below)
  • Hang bars of deodorant soap near plantings.
  • Hang bags (a stocking will do) of unwashed human hair near plants.

Commercial products include:

  • Urine from predators such as coyotes or bobcats
  • Scent repellants such as Hinder or Ro-pel
  • Motion detectors that make noise, turn on lights or spray water
  • Electrified fencing
  • Invisible deer fencing mesh
  • Scent repellants made from sewage or rotten eggs

Will these methods actually work? Any methods that rely on scent will have a limited life because the scent will eventually be washed away from rain. And who wants the smell of rotten eggs in their garden anyway? Lights and noise are likely to be limited too once the deer figure out that nothing else will happen. Fencing may be your best bet but the down side is the cost and that it may turn your yard into a replica of Stalag 17.

Your deer-proof fence will have to be at least 10 feet high. If you've ever seen deer in flight you'll understand why. Deer aren't stupid. They will squeeze in between the cross pieces of those pretty vinyl fences that are all the rage.

If you don't want to build high then you can build wide or at least look as if you did. Some experts suggest that you build a four foot fence at a 45-degree angle aimed outward. It will give the impression of depth and fool the deer into not jumping over. Another method in this vein is the double fence where you create an inner fence just three feet inside your outer fence. While I've heard this suggestion I've yet to meet anyone who is wealthy (or desperate) enough to build two fences. Forget the cost, there are some places up in the Sierra foothills where the residents aren't even allowed to build fences.

A short list of deer-resistant plants for the Sierra Foothills

  • Boxwood (Buxus spp.) 
  • Butterfly bush (Buddleia davidii)
  • Glossy abelia (Abelia grandiflora)
  • Pistacia chinensis (Chinese pistache)
  • Lily-of-the-Nile (Agapanthus spp.)
  • Astilbe (False spiraea)
  • Canterbury bells (Campanula medium)
  • Stonecrop (Sedum spp.)
  • Iris
  • Daffodils
  • Lilac
  • Peruvian lily (Alstroemeria)
  • Cyclamen

So what methods will I use? Given that I'm on a limited budget, I will probably opt to trade out my plantings for those that are deer resistant. Will it be hard to decide where to put the new plantings? Hardly, I'll just follow the deer.

 

Planting Cold Weather Crops

 an assortment of cold weather crop seeds 

As August first arrives on Cape Cod, many gardeners begin to think about planting cold weather crops.  Due to the insulating effect of the Atlantic Ocean, we usually do not see a good frost until November.   This means that we can grow one last set of crops before winter arrives.

Prior to setting out the seed store, we made a cold weather crop wish list.  We turned it into a scavenger hunt for the kids.  We would plant what we could find.  Not only did they remember what was on the list, they also now have made the connection that these can grow in the cold.  I love it when they learn things without even trying.

Carrots

Potatoes

Cilantro

Parsley

Broccoli

Cauliflower

Lettuce

Swiss Chard

Mixed Greens

Mustard Greens

Cabbage

Brussel Sprouts

Beets

Parsnips

Kale

Spinach

A few days ago, in the blistering heat, the kids and I prepped the raised beds by adding a fresh layer of compost.  We use our own composted chicken manure from the girls mixed with a fresh layer of  lobster compost. Yes, even lobsters are compostable!  Surprisingly, gardening using only organic products and techniques has been much easier than I had imagined.  Not only was it for the sake of the bees and the environment but also for my family.  I love that there are companies out there that make going organic so easy.

This week during the mini-heat wave, the mustard greens began to sprout as well as the cilantro.  The lettuce and greens should be ready by September and the rest of the crops sometime in October.   This makes me a very happy girl.  There is nowhere else in the world I would rather be than in the garden with dirty hands, curious kids and sweet chickens waddling about the yard.

10 Practical Uses for Eggshells

I normally crush up all our eggshells and feed them free-choice to our chickens as an economical way to provide them the extra calcium they need to lay eggs with nice hard shells.  But there are other practical uses for eggshells.
1.  Supplemental calcium source for your chickens 
 crushed eggshells
This is what normally ends up happening with our eggshells.  Instead of buying commercial oyster shell, try feeding crushed eggshell for your chickens' calcium requirements.  You can read HERE more about how to do it.

2.  Vegetable or flower seed starter cups  

 seedcups 
Eggshell halves make nice cups to start seeds in. You can just plant the whole thing in the ground when you're ready to put them in the ground outside. Read HERE to learn how to do it.
3. Christmas or holiday ornaments 
 ornaments 
Eggshells are easy to blow out.  The empty shells make beautiful holiday ornaments. A bowl of blown eggs also looks pretty on your kitchen counter.  Read more HEREfor decorating ideas and how-tos.
4.  Slug Control

 hostas 
Sprinkle a ring of crushed eggshell around your hostas and other plants to prevent slugs from munching on them. The sharp edges keep the slugs out.
5.  Instant Band-aid

  bandaid 
Cut yourself while preparing dinner? No need to rummage for a band-aid. Just crack open an egg, peel off some membrane and wrap it around your cut. Not only will it harden and stop the blood flow, it will keep out bacteria while letting in air to allow the wound to heal.
6.  Prevent Blossom End Rot

 blossom rot 
Sprinkle crushed eggshell around your vegetables to provide them calcium carbonate. This is especially beneficial for crops like tomatoes and cucumbers that are susceptible to blossom end rot.
 
7.  Calcium Supplement
 supplement
Rinse out eggshells (leaving the membrane) and arrange in a single layer on a cookie sheet. Bake at 350 for 6-8 minutes, then crush into a powder using a coffee grinder. Add 1/2 teaspoon per day to orange juice or any liquid of your choice for a healthy, easily absorbed calcium supplement in your diet.
Or....rinse and crush eggshells and fill a glass jar halfway. Cover with vinegar and let sit for two weeks. Strain and then take 2 Tablespoons per day. You can use it as a salad dressing or add it to other dishes to make it more palatable.
 
8. Compost 
 compost
Add your eggshells to your compost pile.  They break down nicely and will add much-needed calcium carbonate to your potting soil or garden come spring.
9. Hair Strengthener 

 hair 
Okay this isn't the shells, but it's a good use of the yolk.  Egg yolks are loaded with proteins, vitamins and fatty acids, all of which will make your hair softer, shinier and more healthy.  Whisk two egg yolks with two tablespoons of olive oil and a cup of water, then pour over your hair and massage into your scalp. Leave on for 15-20 minutes then rinse.
10. Mini flower pots 
 cacti
 
~photo source: pinterest.com/pin/63261569736702447/~

Small cacti, succulents or flowers look adorable planted in half egg shells and then arranged in a cardboard carton. Use as hostess gifts, Mother's Day gifts, teacher gifts....

What do you do with your egg shells?

JOIN US ON FACEBOOK
Everyone is welcome at Fresh Eggs Daily!  To make sure you don't miss any of the tips and tricks, fan questions, giveaways or unending stream of cute photos join us on facebook at Fresh Eggs Daily and Ducks Too  and be sure to sign up to follow our blog at www.fresh-eggs-daily.blogspot.com via email, RSS, Networked Blogs or Google Connect.  

Natural Habitat Gardening: Growing Food For Wildlife - Berries and Seeds

To create a natural habitat garden, you need to include plants that provide food for the wildlife that live in your area. Growing plants that provide berries and seeds attracts a wide variety of wildlife and the plants are pretty easy to find. I’m guessing you currently have some of the plants growing on your property.

The following native trees provide seeds for turkeys, grouse, small mammals, and songbirds.

  • Sugar Maple (Acer saccharum)
  • Red Maple (Acer rubrum)
  • Box Elder (Acer negundo)
  • River Birch (Betula nigra)
  • White Pine (Pinus strobus)

We have turkeys that stroll through our property. I enjoy their company. They are quite comical to watch as they bob and weave and strut around the place.  

The following native perennials plants produce seeds that provide food to migrating birds and birds that stay all year, including cardinals, goldfinches, sparrows, chickadees, nuthatches, towhees, mourning doves, and finches.

  • Asters (Aster)
  • Coreopsis (Coreopsis)
  • Purple Coneflowers (Echinacea purpurea)
  • Joe-pye Weeds (Eupatorium maculatum) 
  • Sunflowers (Helianthus)
  • Blazing Stars (Liatris)
  • Black-eyed Susans (Rudbeckia)
  • Prairie Dock (Silphium terebinthinaceum)
  • Compass Plant (Silphium laciniatum)
  • Goldenrods (Solidago)
  • Ironweed (Vernonia missurica)
  • Big Bluestems (Andropogon gerardii) 
  • Little Bluestems (Schizachyrium scoparium)

The important thing to remember when growing perennials is to NOT deadhead the flower heads. Leave the dead flower heads on the plants through fall and winter to feed the local and migrating birds.

Berries are also an important food source for birds and other wildlife all year.

Winter  

The birds that over winter in an area feed mostly on berries. A great bush to add to your landscape is Bayberry or Sweet Gale (Myrica gale). The leaves often survive into late winter providing shelter to birds and the berries are a great source of food.

Spring  

Come spring, Serviceberry (Amelanchier arborea), Red-Osier Dogwood (Cornus sericea), and Silky Dogwood (Cornus amomum) provide berries for hungry wildlife. These early ripening berries are a welcome food source for the wildlife that stayed the winter, for the early migratory birds, and for those mammals that are waking up from hibernation.

Summer  

Elderberry (Sambucus canadensis) produces dark purple berries in the summer and early autumn. The berries are eaten by over 50 species of songbirds, along with wild turkey and ruffed grouse.

Autumn  

Maple Leaf Viburnum (Viburnum acerifolium) and Arrowhead Viburnum (Viburnum dentatum) provide berries to migratory birds just when they need the energy to fly south. Spicebush (Lindera benzoin) is another shrub you should consider adding your garden since the red berries are very popular with birds along with raccoons and opossum.

My Meat and Potatoes Legacy

When it came to food, my father was a pain in the butt.  A Kansas farmer of German descent, he was a big man, did big work, and burned a ton of calories.  At our farm house, we ate meat, potatoes and a vegetable topped off by a good desert – usually a cobbler.  Variety, however, was not his thing.

lettuce We did not eat salads as most know them – strike any image you have of salad.  We had fresh green leaf lettuce doused with a special home dressing or lambs quarters doused with oil and vinegar.  I didn’t see head lettuce until I was in high school.  I was probably in college before I found fresh spinach.  We ate it from a can. In the summer, we simply ate fresh tomatoes, peeled and sliced into great thick slabs. 

My squashI think I carry on his prejudices.  Although I have learned to love zucchini and yellow squash, my squash of choice is “patty pan.”  When I was told this year that we weren’t going to get them at the farmers market, I was gravely disappointed. 

“What are these little yellow and green things?” I asked of the imitations of patty pans.  

Reluctantly, I took them home and found them disgustingly – well, delicious.

Most of my garden was a bust, but I did salvage the beets.  Tonight I had a bowl that somehow became “diced” beets.  What!!! Not in my family.  We only slice them.  Funny, they were delicious.

I think I may get adventurous at the farmer’s market tomorrow morning.  A good friend asked me yesterday if I knew what those funny knobby green things that looked like a big white radish were.  Yep, I think they are kohlrabi.  Haven’t had one for a while and this may be a good week.

When you have a great market, you have good eats.  I hope you’re enjoying the same.

Eating Great Britain, Part II: Pickling

Pickled onions are a staple on English dining tables
Pickles. Dill, spicy, sweet, you name it. Just typing the word makes my mouth pucker a bit. I’m not afraid to say I have long loved pickles. When I was little, I would drink the brine. Straight. And as a grown-up, I love that same brine mixed with a bit of vodka and a pickle spear (simply called a pickle martini or Rabbi). At around age six or seven, some neighborhood friends and I decided it was high time we left home to eke out a living in the woods. Surviving without adults would be difficult and the others determined toilet paper, flashlights, water, and peanut butter sandwiches were a must. What did I bring to our packing meeting? Pickles. I was that kid that contributed absolutely nothing but pickles. Because what else was there?

Needless to say, I was beyond thrilled to be introduced to pickled onions on my first visit to England last summer. According to the National Onion Association, onions actually have a fascinating history. Not only are they one of the earliest cultivated crops, perhaps even a staple in prehistoric diets, the circle-in-circle design of an onion symbolized eternity to the ancient Egyptians and thus became an object of worship and esteemed funeral offering. The Romans, one of the first to travel with their food in containers, carried onions on their journeys to England and Germany. Today, pickled onions are a traditional addition to English fare, my personal favorite being an appearance on a ploughman’s (hunk of crusty bread, butter, pickled onions, Branston pickle, bit of salad, tomato, and super sharp cheddar or Stilton…a simple lunch that can’t be beat!)

A crop of sadly small onions are perfect for pickling

Unfortunately, I’ve not been so brilliant with our own onion crop. We planted yellow and white onions as our first garden crops but tragically, failed to thin the rows. The result? Onions with beautiful tops but coming out of the ground very, very small. So right before leaving for last month’s visit to England, I pulled up our tiny onions after realizing they would be perfect for pickling. I let them set for two weeks while I was away and upon my return, already missing family and friends in my second home, I opened the jar and tried my first batch of pickled onions. I’m happy to report they taste just like in England. Crunchy, salty, refreshing.

Other than their irresistible taste, pickled onions are great because they can be done in the refrigerator (no need for a boiling water bath) and not give you botulism. My father-in-law pickles onions and his steps are simple: 1) peel the onions, 2) sprinkle with salt and let sit for 24 hours 3) rinse and place in jar with brine.

…But for my first attempt I didn’t yet have that not-so-secret English recipe, so I used the refrigerator pickle recipe from The Hip Girls’ Guide to Homemaking: 

My own pickled onions were as good as I hoped

Pickled Onions 

Ingredients: 

  • 1 cup vinegar (I used white, but the Brits I polled recommended malt)
  • 1 cup water
  • 1 tbsp. salt
  • Spices (I added 2 chopped garlic cloves and some peppercorns, but you can add whatever your pickle-loving heart desires!)

1. Wash and cut up your vegetables and pack them into a clean jar. *You don’t need to buy Ball jars, you can just save and reuse salsa jars, pasta sauce jars, etc. You can also opt to blanch your veggies, though I prefer the crunch of raw.

2. Add spices.

3. Combine in a medium saucepan and bring to a boil the vinegar, water, and salt. *Add sugar for sweet pickles.

4. Pour the boiled brine over the vegetables in the jar.

5. Seal your jar and let them sit in fridge for at least one week (the longer you wait, the better they’ll taste) and voila! Pickled onions!

Anyone else pickling vegetables this summer? What’s your favorite method? 

Eating Local Means Great Food!

Wichita Farmers Market 

Again this year my garden is a bust – the grasshoppers ate the bark right off the trees so I harvested the root crops and am enjoying one of the best local farmer’s markets in the Midwest.  Since it is prime fresh food season here in Kansas, there is much to choose from.

Last week I was at the farmer’s market just before the 7:00 a.m. opening and I could hardly find a place to park.  By the time I had circulated to my favorite farmers, lines had formed, particularly for tomatoes, and produce was flying off the shelves.

Variety at market 

I am convinced that the only reason people don’t buy many of the seasonal vegetables is because they haven’t had a very good experience either with eating some foods, or cooking it.  Sure, we all love home-grown organic tomatoes, but when it comes to squash or perhaps collard greens or beets, most wave a resistive hand and pass it by.  I have to admit those lumps of overcooked zucchini often served at restaurants are unappealing.

Don’t like squash?  Try this recipe that I learned from my New Mexico neighbors years ago – they also taught me how to roast the green chiles which are included in the recipe. This recipe is wonderful and uses the very vegetables that are ripe right now and that are so good for you – some onions, chiles, squash, and corn – and you can throw in some tomatoes if you like.  Besides, the name is fun to say and the kids like to practice their Spanish.

Calabicitas 

3-4 zucchini or yellow squash, sliced or diced

1 large onion, chopped

3 T oil

¼ t garlic salt or 2 cloves of the fresh garlic like I picked this week

1 4 oz. can of green chilies, or fresh if the market has them

3 ears of fresh sweet corn

1 c of grated cheese

You sauté the squash and onion in oil until barely tender.   Add the garlic, chilies, corn and cheese; mix well.  Put in a buttered casserole dish and bake at 400 for 20 minutes, or just add the cheese and cover until it melts.  Some people put bacon bits or a little leftover chicken or meat and make it a meal.

My suggestion to anyone new to local vegetables is to simply ask how to cook things – ask the gal standing next to you or the farmer selling things.  Saturday I walked up to Mary, one of my favorite farmers, and when she saw me she immediately said “Oh, Jo, good to see you.  Do I have a recipe for you!”

Buy a local or vegetable cookbook if you need to, but just keep trying some of the marvelous recipes that incorporate fresh food.  It won’t take long to convert the entire family to organic and/or fresh produce.  Wasn’t it Michael Pollen that summed it up as “Just eat real food?”  The funny thing is, when I tried to verify that quote I found dozens of listings on the quote – there is a Just Eat Real Food UK, a site on Facebook, and videos and websites galore.  So whoever said it, I most certainly agree.  I raise my fork to eating local and eating real.

local organic farmer 

Ode To The Toad

We all want a healthy garden, a garden that provides food for the table; adds beauty to the landscape; and contributes to the native ecosystem.  The health of a garden can be gauged by the size and color of plants; the quantity and quality of harvestable fruits, vegetables, and herbs; and the presence of frogs.

A frog in the garden is a welcome sight 

Frogs breathe and drink through their skin. On land, adult frogs use their lungs to breathe, but they rely on the extra oxygen they absorb through their skin, especially when they are underwater. They transfer oxygen through their skin directly into their bloodstream. This makes frogs especially vulnerable to water pollutants. Frogs do not swallow water; they get the water they need solely through their skin.

Because of their physiology, frogs are considered an indicator species of the health of an ecosystem because they are the first to be affected by changes in the environment. If you have healthy frogs, you know you have clean water and air.  Also, since frogs are predators and prey, thus affecting many animals, frogs are a good indication of the health of an ecosystem.

Frogs As Environmental Indicators 

Frogs that are deformed indicate unhealthy changes in the environment.  The U.S. Geological Survey studied malformed frogs in Minnesota and found that a combination of factors cause frog deformities.  These factors include parasites, chemicals, and increased ultraviolet light.  “It is likely that one or more combinations of chemicals, biological, and physical factors are responsible for causing the malformations in Minnesota frogs. Chemical combinations may be mixtures of natural and human-made organic chemicals, each of which is harmless on its own but toxic when combined. The number of possible combinations of chemicals, biological, and physical factors is enormous, which may explain why finding the causes for frog malformations has been a difficult task.”

According the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, “Amphibians, such as frogs, toads, and salamanders, are highly susceptible to contaminants, including fertilizers, weed and pest killers, and detergents, released into their environment.…Amphibian eggs and larvae (tadpoles) are especially susceptible to these toxic substances”.

Keeping Frogs Healthy

To keep frogs healthy, it is important to use sustainable and organic methods to grow food.  Anything you add to the ground surface will eventually make its way to ground water, creeks, streams, wetlands, or lakes and affect that ecosystem. Clean water means healthy frogs. So grow your garden in a way that does not add additional chemicals to the environment. Use compost and organic fertilizers.  Use beneficial insects, rather than insecticides, to manage garden insect pests.  To attract beneficial insects, such as ladybugs, ground beetles, and lacewings, add a border of native plants next to your vegetable garden.  Other methods to prevent insect damage is to pull out weak plants, build healthy soil, clear out debris and weeds, and interplant and rotate crops.

Frogs In The Garden

Frogs are carnivorous as adults and are a natural means of pest-control.  They eat moths, mosquitoes and their larvae, snails, slugs, flies, beetles, and cockroaches. In fact, frogs remove many crop-damaging insects from your garden each summer.

To attract frogs to your garden, you need to have a body of water—wetland, lake, or pond—nearby. Frogs must keep their skin moist; otherwise, oxygen cannot pass easily through their skin and the frog suffocates. Frog skin secretes mucus that helps keep it moist. Even so, their skin tends to dry out easily, which is why they usually stay near bodies of water. In a pinch, frogs rely on dew for moisture, or burrow underground into moist soil.

Once you have the water source, frogs need a cool, shady place to stay. Vegetable leaves provide the cool shade frogs need, as do ‘toad houses’.  You can construct a simple toad house by using stones or bricks to make a three-sided house.  The house will not have a bottom so the toads can burrow into the soil.  You can set a pot for a container garden on top of the toad house.  This method provides height and color to the vegetable garden and a cool spot for the frogs.   Frogs will borrow in mulch and they also like compost piles.

As gardeners, we strive to sustain our communities, our environment, and ourselves.  A basket overflowing with produce picked from the garden is one way to assess how well your gardening methods work.  Another way is to find a healthy frog or two in your garden.  A healthy frog means a healthy garden and a healthy environment.

Mary Pellerito is a freelance garden writer living in Michigan.  Check out her blog, Muse, at http://mary-goingnative.blogspot.com/.

The weather is frightful, it’s festival time

The weather has been hot, hot without rain.  So far we are over seven and a half inches below normal for the year.  Three weekends ago, the weather folks predicted two to four inches of rain, only they forgot to inform Mother Nature of it.  

  storm clouds no rain 

The Gulf coast received around 18 inches that weekend and is getting drenched again this week.  I’ve been watering from the time I come home from work until dark each day.  Cotton loves this weather, but the corn crop is tassling out and needs rain.  No rain is predicted for the next week and most of the corn crop will be lost unless irrigation is being used.

  early AM watering 

   irriagation booms 

Time not watering is spent hauling wood chips from the utility company and mulching.  I finally got my heirloom tomatoes out in the garden and gave away the excess. I kept waiting for the ninety degree temps to moderate, but it was past time to have them in the ground as they were over two feet tall.   I dug a deep hole, and place water retention crystals derived from a plant source in the bottom of the hole and sprinkled some Epsom salts and fertilizer and back filled to a level an inch below the surrounding soil.  I have more of the Cherokee Purple tomatoes this year.  They seemed to be a favorite of my give aways.   Before mulching I put newspaper down around my plants and mulched heavily.  The tomatoes responded by doubling in size and putting out some nice tomatoes.  I received similar results after mulching my squash plants.  This weekend I plan to finish mulching. And no I didn’t  use a string line to mark off my rows.  After one day in the lower nineties, temperatures will be back in the hundreds.  Some of my re-blooming iris which normally bloom in September to October are blooming early this year.  Some of my daylilies are in re-bloom and some of the later bloomers are just starting.

   Pagan Dance iris 

 Jazz echo iris 

 Beside still waters daylily 

Around here, a successful garden bragging rights is measured by when and how many tomatoes you receive in your first picking.  I over wintered two tomato plants in the garage this past winter expecting to have the bragging rights for the first tomato.   They had come up in some compost containing potting soil I had made up.  After planting them in the garden and they started to set fruit, I realized that they were these rather large tasteless salad tomatoes that were supposed to be Brandywine seeds last year.  I pulled the plants up and tossed them into the compost pile.

 my tomato and squash 

After our last rain I planted a row of peaches and cream corn.  I haven’t run a water line down to my new garden area yet, and the corn was looking bedraggled.  I filled the loader on the JD with water, drove down to the garden and pour a good dose down the row.

The Japanese beetles are just about under control.  I’ve capture over 15 gallons of the little varmints in my traps.  I had to empty the traps daily of the beetles into zip lock bags , sealing and placing in a recycled sink I have in the garden until all of the beetles died.  Dying Japanese beetles stink like a dead corpse. Some time during the night, either the hooligans or coyotes pulled the bags out of the sink and ripped the bags to shreds.  I had trouble getting to my greenhouse due to the odor.  The hooligans rolled in the bugs and besides being very stinky, had dead beetles matted in their hair.

 buggy at Tuscumbia Depot Museum 

 Alabama Blues Brothers 

 Alabama Blues Brothers at Helen Keller Fest 

This is the time of year is the beginning of the festivals.   Usually we have an unusual heat wave during the festival time. This year is no exception.  The Helen Keller Festival was this past weekend and temperatures were in the hundreds all weekend.   These young folks who spend too much time playing video games aren’t used to being outside in the heat as a number were hauled off to the hospital.  I was a volunteer photographer and spent Friday afternoon and all day Saturday walking around town visiting the car show around the courthouse, the Tuscumbia depot, and down town.  Down in Spring Park, vendors were set up and various bands played on stage.  Since I was one of the photographers, I got to take pictures behind the scenes before and while the bands were playing.   The Alabama Blue Brothers, The Spring and Diamond Rio were some of the bands on stage Saturday evening.

 model T 

 walking tour group at Courthouse 

 The Spring 

 THE SPRING at Helen Keller Festival 

Next up is the W C Handy Festival Shoals wide from July 20 to July 29.    September 7 and 8 is the Oka Kapassa, Return to Coldwater, a special Native American gathering. 

 Diamond Rio at Helen Keller Fest 

   Diamond Rio  

Surprise Pumpkins!

Kristina head shotHave you ever driven home, and found yourself unable to remember the drive?  Thats how I feel, like this year is passing me by.  Crazy work hours, mild yet seemingly endless sickness in the family, and a demanding class schedule have set me far behind on my resolutions for the year.  The excuses are easier to come by than the time.  In spite of all the reasons I can't, this morning I found a sunny orange surprise to remind me why I have to make time for the life I love. 

Last September I bought a few pumpkins to decorate with, and they kept beautifully through the Fall and Winter.  Being the sporting stepmother that I am, I agreed to let Brady smash them into tiny pieces around New Years.  The chickens were thrilled about their New Years supper and ate every bit of the flesh but the skins, leaving paper thin shells behind.  I threw the skins into the compost (along with the litter from the coop) and never gave it a second thought. 

Now, six months later I notice thick vines growing out of the back of the compost pile, running out and around the box.  Lo and behold I see six tiny green gourds and one fat orange pumpkin!  I think I laughed out loud!  In all the years of gardening I have never been able to grow pumpkins.  Yet here in my yard, out of scraps and chicken poop, is a strong and thriving pumpkin sprawling its way across the grass!  A little orange reminder that it doesn't take to much time (or any, in some cases!) to create the home and life of my dreams!

The cheerful surprise of yellow blossoms and shiny orange pumpkins has doubled my resolve to get up a little earlier, work a little harder, and get a lot dirtier!

Garden Report 06-20-2012 – Great Blooming Bits!

Farm View 06202012sm 

Today I thought I’d give you a visual tour of my little garden and discuss what is working, what is not, and make a few guesses as to why.

My biggest problem has been battling the bugs; a warmer than normal winter has left us with battalions of bugs and I’m trying to find non-chemical solutions that don’t kill the plants as well.  I've experimented with hot pepper sprays, Fels Naptha soap spray and Eco-Smart spray. 

I’ve also been busy building the rest of the fence boxes and planting the last of my crops.
Garden report 062012 2
I have two boxes of tomatoes: 9 plants per box.  Cherry tomatoes (though they look more like grape tomatoes to me at this point) a bunch of Romas, some Best Boy (red) and a few Black Kren.  No yellow tomatoes this year; I still have a freezer full of yellow tomatoes that never got used for anything.  Somehow yellow tomato sauce just doesn’t fly.  As you can see the bushes are bearing heavily.  The Krens are starting to take on some color, I expect they’ll be the first to ripen, but the others may come from behind for an upset at the finish line.  When they do start to ripen, we’ll have lots and lots of tomatoes to deal with.  The Romas are more meaty, less fluid, they should be better for canning.

Garden report 062012 3
I just recently got my black beans in the ground.  The delay was caused by lack of funding to buy the soil materials and PVC for the fence.  Once that was done I planted the beans, but forgot to soak them overnight first.  I worried that perhaps I’d messed up because it went a couple of weeks and I saw no sign of activity at all.  But I kept the box wet, watering each day.  One morning I came out and where there was just bare soil the night before was now a forest of little cotyledons.   In a couple of days their secondary leaves began to spread out and I eased back on the watering.  A few were a bit late in coming up, but it looks like all but two or three did germinate.

Garden report 062012 4
I planted four Zucchini vines in one box and a pair of summer squash and a pair of patti-pan in another.  All of these have come up and are doing well.  Some have flowered and we will soon be shoving excess squash off on our neighbors – or maybe taking it to the Farmers Market.
Garden report 062012 5
My cucumbers are doing phenomenally: look at all those blooms!  We will soon be eyeball deep in cucumbers!  I’ve harvested a few already.  Too bad there isn’t any way to preserve them.  What we can’t eat, sell or give away will end up in the compost bin.
Garden report 062012 6
I tried some sugar snap peas this year (in the back, climbing the trellis) and they are doing well.  I stagger planted them so the first round would get tall enough to start up the trellis before the second round got going.  They can then climb up the first round and all will be supported off the ground.  They’ve begun producing and I’ve gotten a handful of tender, sweet pods each morning for the past few days.  Marie is planning on using these in her stir-fry this Friday.  They will also be good raw in salads or steamed as a side dish.

In the foreground are my Roma II bush beans.  I stagger planted two rows; the back row is big enough to be blooming, the front row is just getting going.

Garden report 062012 7
My first round of beets are doing much better now.  They were under heavy attack from some unknown insect that was decimating their leaves.  I tried insecticidal soap, but that was no-soap.  Then I tried Eco-Smart’s insecticide and that took care of the problem.  We’ve been harvesting beet greens for our salads for several weeks now and I’m seeing beet bulbs forming in the ground.  I’ll plant my second round tomorrow.  I was going to get that done today, but NBC came out to do an interview with Marie and I for a special they’re running on July 2nd.

Also in this box are 4 eggplants.  one is doing well and has several blooms and one small fruit on it.  The other three are kind of runty, though one has started to bloom.
Garden report 062012 8
My box of Mesclun lettuce was another troublesome box because of insect damage.  This was brought under control not through my efforts but because a momma garden spider hatched a brood of bitty spiders in one corner of the box.  They seem to now have whatever was munching the lettuce leaves under control, so I’ve avoided any treatment at all here.  I am careful to shake the leaves as I snip them to dislodge any spiders and keep them in their home not mine.
Garden report 062012 9
I was very late getting my corn in.  Same excuse as the beans: being cash poor.  The corn in the fields is already 18” or so high.  I actually had soil in the box for a while but dared not plant until I have a fence around it because Dolly thinks baby corn is the sweetest, most tasty grass there is and would chew the tops off my entire crop if it was not guarded.
Garden report 062012 10
My sweet potatoes got off to a slow start because Dolly discovered a liking for the baby sweets as well and chewed off several before I discovered it and strung chicken wire over the top pending building a proper fence box.  Now my biggest problem is keeping the vines IN the box.  Every morning I find the vines have poked through the wire mesh and are several inches outside, straining for freedom. I worry about depth.  My reading says they need 12” minimum depth, but in the garden boxes they have only 6” to start with.  I’m adding mulch as I can make it, but now that the vines are starting to shoot all over, working the mulch in below them to build depth is getting harder to do without damaging the plants.  Hopefully, if they can’t go down, they’ll go sideways.
Garden report 062012 11
I’ve got Yukon Gold taters as my Early Crop and I’ve been harvesting 6 to 8 egg sized spuds each week for the past couple of weeks.  That's enough to accompany a meal for Marie and I with some left over for fried taters with omeletts on Saturday morning.  I’m trying to keep the plant stalks upright so I don’t damage them by moving them around while poking around in the mulch looking for taters.
Garden report 062012 12
Yellow Finn potatoes were my choice as a Main Crop this year.  They too seem to be doing well, but I’m leaving them alone.  I’ll harvest the crop of full sized potatoes later in the year and hope to store them for at least part of the winter.  I don’t have a root cellar, but in the winter my workshop stays pretty chilly.  If I close them up in a box of wood chips they keep pretty well for a couple of months.  Storing them in rice is recommended, but I haven’t been able to locate a 50 pound bag of rice.
Garden report 062012 13
My pepper patch is pitiful.  PITTIIIIIFUUUL!  I planted 4 varieties of sweet peppers, 12 plants per variety.  All were started from good quality seed I’d purchased from a nursery.  But starting them in peat pellets made them get leggy, and they didn’t take well to being set out, the tops fell over and the leaves rotted from laying in the dirt.  Planting the seed in the dirt has done better, but cut worms chewed the roots off of about half of them: nearly all of the Sweet Banana Peppers.  I picked out the cut worms and replanted seed.  Most are doing better now.  The Cajun Belle peppers (this end) will be a scant patch because I used all the seed I had and still only got 5 of the 12 spots to produce viable plants.  The others I still have seed and am getting seedlings going.
Garden report 062012 14
Most of my herb bed is doing quite well: thyme, oregano, basil, rosemary, and sage are all growing nicely and I’ve snipped sprigs off many times for use fresh and for drying.  I just added a Stevia plant for sweetening things without sugar.  My parsley is finally starting to grow.  I have 16 fists of garlic that were planted last fall and are almost ready to harvest.  Green onions are doing OK, chives are coming along slowly.  It will be next year at least before we can expect to cut any of these.  My Cilantro and Dill have been major disappointments.  I’ve planted both three times, the dill has finally put up a shoot or two, nothing at all on the cilantro.
Garden report 062012 15
I have one box that is onions and carrots.  Here I put in white, yellow, and  red onion sets.   A few are getting large enough to harvest.  I have a few sets left, so I’ll put them in as I pull their predecessors.  I’ll  store the onions in Marie’s discarded nylons, with a string tie between each.  This allows air all around but prevents them touching.  Hang the stockings in the barn for a week or so to toughen their skins, then I can move them to the food storage room in the workshop until needed at home.  Snip the stocking below a tie to remove the onion for use.  I’m supposed to braid the stems of the onions, and that might work OK if you’ve got a dozen onions or more coming out at once, but trying to braid two or three together than add two or three more each week doesn’t work out.  I’ll compost the greens, dry the bulbs in nylons and we’ll all get along fine.

I’ve found that I very much like chopped carrot tops in my scrambled eggs, the two flavors work together wonderfully, try it!
Garden report 062012 16
I had Mesclun lettuce and radishes in this box.  The Cherry Bell Radishes (foreground) have been doing pretty well; they don’t get very large but taste great, and I snip some of the greens for use in cooking.  These are not good in salads, but when sautéed up in a dish they add a nice peppery flavor.  A couple of the radish plants shot up and produced flowers but no bulb.  Odd.  Just for giggles I’m letting those two stay and see if they’ll produce seed.  As I pull the radishes, I pop another seed in the vacated spot so I always have a mix of mature plants and sprouts to deal with.  This may not be the best way to go.  I stagger planted; one square each two weeks, thinking that I’d harvest an entire square and replant that square, but the bug battle messed that plan up.

As the mesclun runs its course I’m replanting with Green Ice Leaf Lettuce (middle rows).  We’ll have plenty of mesclun from the mesclun box.

The back row are large white radishes.  They take longer to mature and I've stagger planted them: more mature plants on the right and seedlings on the left.
Garden report 062012 17
In this box I have turnips and spinach, two rows of each, alternating.  The turnips I stared in peat also got leggy.  After transplanting them, most survived but the “bulb” of the turnips are developing above ground.  I’m snipping greens as they become available: I’m not sure how many I can take without endangering the rest of the plant, so I’m being conservative, but I want to get a “mess” of greens harvested and set aside before it gets hot and they turn bitter.  We’ll get some more in the fall when the temps cool off again.

My spinach did the weirdest thing!  The plants didn’t get more than 6 or 7 inches tall and developed only baby leaves before they bolted.  Unlike lettuce, spinach can be harvested and eaten after flowering, but needs to be done quickly because the leaves will degrade rapidly after flowers form.  I suspect the soil is too rich.  I’m disappointed, but I’ve replanted and hope for a better crop the second time around.  Marie is fine with this, she likes baby spinach for her Race Day Pizza.
Garden report 062012 18
Only about half of the asparagus crowns I planted put up shoots this year.  I’m disappointed in that, but am told that it doesn’t mean the others died, they may shoot next year.  I may be able to harvest a few spears next year, but more likely will have to let them go again, snipping the ferns off in the fall for composting as I allow the plants to develop a good root system.
Garden report 062012 20
I recently harvested our batch of blueberries and the strawberries have completed their first run of the season.  Being Everbearing, they’ll go again later on.  I can now pull the bird mesh and convert the little hoop houses into this big hoop house that encompasses the grape trellis as well as the blueberry and strawberry beds.  Today I pinned down weed barrier, added 2x4 borders and laid on some pine needles as a mulch/path.  I think I’ll end up moving the needles into the berry beds and covering the floor with shredded pine bark mulch; it will pack down better and not be as slick on these slopes.

If we ever get to where we can afford a chipper shredder we’d be able to make all the mulch we want, I have a giant brush pile assembled that just gets bigger each week.  But chippers are quite expensive. I'll make good use of it though because eventually I want to replace the grass (or bare dirt) between all of the boxes with the weed barrier and mulch to keep grass and weeds out and reduce the amount of labor needed to keep the area mowed and trimmed up.

The next step will be to acquire a piece of bird netting that will go up the front, across the top and down the back of this structure.  Then I’ll build a door and frame and add netting to the ends.  That should exclude our feathered friends and keep the luscious berries for ourselves when the next batch comes on.

I’ve begun planning flowers around the outside of the garden area.  I’m focusing on those that will attract beneficial bugs like lacewings, big-eyed bugs, and lady bugs to control the bad bug population.  I have seen several very small praying mantises, but so far they have not helped much.  Of course ANY form of insecticide – organic or otherwise – will tend to kill the good bugs as well as the bad bugs.  I want to get away from that all together.  But I can’t be putting all this labor and expense into a garden that only feeds the insects.

And there you have it, a quick tour and a look at what’s what in our mountain side mini-farm.

Japanese Beetle Invasion

I just about gave up on a vegetable garden this year.  My watermelons, cucumbers and cantaloupes either drowned after four inches of rain or died in the drought that followed.  Rain was forecasted several times, but went around my area.  A storm was forecasted again for Sunday night, and my tomato plants needed to get out of the greenhouse and into the ground.

Tuscawilla Tigress

I got the John Deere out and plowed up the garden and planted twenty-three tomato plants.  I grew my favorite Cherokee purple again this year, along with a Black Russian and German Pink Belgium, two new varieties I haven’t planted before.  I decided to give Mortgage Lifter another chance this year.  Last year hot spring and summer was a disaster for any tomato.

I dig a hole about a food deep and throw the soil off to the side. Before putting the tomatoes in the hole, I add Epsom salt, a time released fertilizer and an plant derived water retention crystal.  With the drought we’ve had, I don’t need to water as often.   After pinching off any leaves that would be below the ground and placing in the hole, I fill the hole from around the top until it is about an inch below the level of the ground.  That way water will stay around the plant and not run off.  I should have plenty of tomatoes for sharing.  Now I need to free up some of my hooligan cages protecting shrubs around the house for the tomatoes; put newspaper down and mulch.  I have two cages around small fig trees trying to grow back out after being mowed down. We won’t mention who did that.

My daylilies have been in full bloom and at their peak.

Spacecoast Starburst 

Orange velvel

Before the 1.98 inches of rain, I also got scalloped and crookneck squash and cantaloupes replanted.   The spot where I decided to till around a bald cypress and knocked my cup of seeds out of my cup holder on the tractor fender has a real nice stand of squash.  They are a little too close together though.

While working around the garden, I noticed that the Japanese beetles were starting to make their presence known and put traps on my shopping list.  They love crepe myrtles, hibiscus, roses, dahlias, plums and the leaves of plum trees and will quickly devour a plant.   When using the traps, you need to place them away from what you are trying to protect or otherwise they will have a feast. I usually use milky spore each year, but didn't last year with my knee injury and lack of rain.  I can tell the difference this year, as the number of beetles has increased dramatically.

Firestorm

I unpacked the traps for assembly on the back tail gate of my truck.  It’s just the right height and makes a good table.  I also use the scoop on my tractor loader a lot as a potting bench.  When I opened one of the sex lure attractants, it popped out and I made the mistake of picking it up with my bare hands.   Beetles were coming and swarming around me even after hanging up the trap. I rinsed off my hands and I still had the little boogers chasing after me.  Finally I went into the house and gave my hands a good soap scrubbing.

beetle trap doing its job

I must have dropped the box with the extra bags that came in each kit into my recycling box, as I can’t find them.  The three traps have been filling up each day with about three quarts of beetles.  The refill bags cost almost as much as the trap kit.  I started emptying the bags into a gallon zip locks bags sealing up for disposal, and hanging the bag back up for reuse.  Three quarts of Japanese beetles are rank, so you need to hold your breath during this part if you are a tight wade like me.

bag of beetles

Since the hooligan were shot, Patches and Levi are terrified of storms and want to be near me. Sunday night I left the house garage door cracked and they hid under and in front of my truck.  The next night, we had a little lightening during the night.  We didn’t get any rain, but must have gotten some thunder as Patches chewed up the trim around the garage doors trying to get in.  An earlier storm she went through the screen door on the screen porch. I heard someone rattling the door knob, only to find Patches with the knob in her mouth trying to open the door.  When I first got her she would turn the outside faucets on to get a drink of water and walk off leaving the water running. I finally had to take the handles off of them.

Spring Has Hit the Ground Running...Finally!!

Winter has finally decided to leave and spring has pretty much hit the ground running!  It seems like everything has happened all at once.  Memorial Day has passed and another school year is in the books for the girls.  We have been keeping busy and loving every minute of it.  There’s so much to tell, I might as well get started.

Helping Chads Cousin Plant Field Corn

The move to the new coop was awesome to say the least.  They love it. I think if they could talk they would have been singing a chorus of Hallelujah!!  It took them a little bit to figure out the roosts but eventually there was a constant battle to sit on the top roost.  They have settled down now and share nicely, at least while we are there.  I can also report that Harv is a Harv and not Harvina.  He is Chad’s absolute favorite and has a lifetime interest in the coop.  In addition to Harv we managed to get 4 roosters out of the barred rocks that were to be hens.  Then gentleman that I purchase my chickens from may have sale for them instead of having to butcher them when they get older.  As much as I like chicken in my freezer I would like to see them find a home.  In anticipation of the exit of these 4 guys, I bought 4 pullets that are 18 weeks old.  When we introduced them to our chickens I thought we were going to have a fight on our hands but Harv put everyone in their place (I think the pep talks that Chad gives him about being in charge have helped).  These mature ladies enjoy roosting above the window though and on the top of the door and scared the living daylights out of me when I went in one evening after their bedtime.  Bedtime is 7:30 pm on the dot.  Everything has to be done before then or Harv gets bent out of shape.  He doesn’t get aggressive he just follows your every move. There again if they could talk, I would imagine that he would be saying “you’re late, let’s move, move, move.”  Needless to say we love our chickens.  I’m even taking a Speckled Sussex hen to pet day for Rory’s class!

The Coop All Dolled Up with Flowers 

Hemlock Roosts in the Coop

Butchering day also arrived.  Chad spent 2 evenings watching YouTube videos trying to find the best way to kill the chicken without it being traumatic to them or us.  Everything went off without a hitch and we are planning our next B-day at the end of June.  The girls were very helpful and didn’t mind plucking feathers.  I think the vote is unanimous though that my ingenious husband searches the web a little bit and builds a chicken plucker!!  We are also going to get the cones or make something similar to put the chickens in when they are being killed.  I held them so that they wouldn’t flap around and break their wings but believe me, they are strong.  My arms hurt for a couple days.  It was worth every minute of work nevertheless.  The meat is delicious and it is incredibly satisfying knowing what we fed our broilers and how they were treated.

Plucking Feathers on Butchering Day

We picked up our pigs and managed to find 2 more just a few days after bringing the first set home.  Even though everyone voiced their concern that they would fight everything was good.  The little ones (7 weeks) are actually the instigators.  The older ones (9 weeks) tolerate them well.  They are hilarious to watch and they too have their habits.  I’m not sure why bedtime is such a big deal on our little homestead but the pigs take about 20 minutes to settle down and everyone has to be in a certain spot but their spots are right on top of each other.  As with everything, this too has been a learning experience.  I’ve never given a shot to anyone or anything in my life.  I learned quickly on what to do with the pigs.  Thankfully the antibiotic is an extended release so we only had to do it one time for each.  We also started out with a pan for water.  It was cute to watch them blow bubbles in the water but it wasn’t fun to have to go out to the barn pretty much every hour to clean the pan and give them clean water.  We wised up quickly, and installed the watering nipple.  That was quite a riot as well.  The older ones had no problem and knew exactly what to do.  The little ones took a little longer to figure it out.  At first they would wait until one of the older ones took a drink and stood there trying to catch the drips!!  Everyone is happily drinking cold, fresh water at their own convenience now.

Our Pigs

Since Chad had a few days off for the holiday we also got the garden planted.  We have a Brinkley plow that fits a John Deere that we have but haven’t gotten restored yet so Chad rigged it up to one of our Cub Cadets.  Note I said one.  We love our Cubs.  I’ll elaborate further down.  After much trial and error and me being thrown off the plow, he managed to get the ground turned over.  Chad said it was the funniest yet scariest thing he had ever seen.   Luckily I’m pretty resilient.  We don’t have a tiller so we rolled up our sleeves and got to work.  Chad went through everything with the mattock, I pulled out the sod, and after a few hours we had an amazing looking garden ready to plant.  The tiller would have rocked though!!  I’m not sure what got into Aurora but she turned into this crazy-wild rock picking child.  We didn’t even have to ask her.  It was a huge help.  The three of them took turns helping their dad plant.  We have tomatoes, peppers, onions, peas, beans, lettuce, spinach, cucumbers, and squash.  Chad built a planter in front of the chicken coop also and we put more onions, beets, turnips, & carrots in it.  We are patiently awaiting the sprouts to emerge from the ground.  As excited as the girls are about the entire garden they have their eyes on the turnips.  In our old garden they never made it to the kitchen.  Chad would pull them, clean them, and they would eat them right there.  We are truly blessed by their uniqueness. 

Chads Fan Club Watching Him Plow 

Our Garden

Cub Cadets.  Chad saw garden tractor pulls one day and thought that would be fun for the girls.  We built Liza’s first and it was a pure addiction from that point forward.  Her tractor is a Cub Cadet 102, probably around a 1967.  In the beginning it was stock and now it’s not so much a stock tractor.  Rory and Jorja also have 102’s.  Rory’s is the same as Liza’s as far as what has been done performance wise but Jorja’s is still stock because of her age.  The older girls run a 12 HP Kohler that have had some work done to them.  Their gears have also been switched out in the transmissions and the tractors have been lightened as much as possible.  With no weights added they are about 680 pounds.  Liza also runs a class with the adults in which she has to wear a fire suit.  She has a second tractor in the works for that class with a 16 HP Kohler but it had to be put on the back burner for a while.  Same as with politics, I won’t harp on the fact that we have been hit hard by the current administration but it’s the truth and sometimes the truth hurts.  We had to make some difficult decisions, and her tractor and pulling in general are 2 of them.  We will pull locally but had to drop the point circuit this year.  Regardless it is a wonderful family sport that everyone can be involved with.  But anyway, back to the point of “one of our Cub Cadets.”  After working with the girls tractors we have come to really appreciate the craftsmanship that went into these tractors when they were built by International Harvester.  They are incredible machines that were well built and can truly withstand the test of time.  We have a 128 that Chad uses for things like plowing , hauling manure, and blowing snow.  We also have a 1200 and a 1650 that we mow with.  We also have a 100 which is from the early 60’s that will be restored at some point in time and a 582 that was modeled after International’s 86 series tractors that will also be restored.    

Eliza and Rorys Cub Cadets 

Jorja on Wild Child

So as spring rolls along and summer quickly approaches we will continue on with our daily chores and add in plenty of hay making, helping on Chad’s cousin’s farm, fishing, sitting around fire, making smores and hopefully a few tractor pulls.  I’m hoping that the heat wave we have had lately isn’t a precursor for what is in store this summer.  It has been HOT!  I am also in search of a fail proof way to get rid of or catch flies without using chemicals.  If anyone has any sure fire ways please share, I would greatly appreciate it!!  Until next time!!

Top Ten Flowers your Chickens will Love

Anyone who free ranges their flock even some of the time knows that chickens will eat pretty much anything you have planted, so why not choose some nutritious flowers that they will enjoy when you're planning your gardens in the spring ?
(As an added bonus, all ten of these flowers are also edible for humans.)

 Here are my choices for
The Top Ten Flowers your Chickens Will Love: 

Nasturtium 

  1. Nasturtium not only attract bugs that eat the dreaded squash beetle larvae, the leaves and flowers are also edible for humans and make wonderful salad garnish.   Your chickens will love eating both the loeaves and the flowers, which are thought to be a natural wormer and also have antibiotic properties.

Squash Blossoms 

  1. Squash blossoms are tasty stuffed with a sausage/ricotta mixture then fried, but the chickens love them also fresh off the vine.  The blossom is a good source of calcium, iron and Vitamin A, so let them indulge from time to time.

Violets 

  1. Violets make beautiful edible garnishes for cakes, cupcakes and ice cream, and also help with circulation and stop inflammation of the arteries. Your chickens will enjoy munching on them too.

 Marigolds 

  1. Marigolds not only ward off insects in your garden, but they are also an antioxidant and promote the growth of new skin tissue.  As an added bonus, chickens who eat marigolds lay eggs with bright yellow yolks.

 Bee Balm 

  1. Bee Balm  is a wonderful flower whose leaves can be made into a healthful tea with antibacterial properties that is also used to clear respiratory problems in humans and chickens.  It of course also attracts bees which help pollinate your flowers and fruit trees. Your chickens will enjoy both the flower and leaves.

Dandelion 

6. Dandelions  are a nice addition to salads. I guess technically a weed, instead of spraying them why not pick some for your chickens.  They are a natural detoxifier and one of the most nutritious plants in your yard, with lots of iron, calcium and Vitamin A.

 Roses 

7. Roses and rose hips cleanse blood toxins and act as antiseptics and antibacterial agents for both humans and chickens. Roses are also a classic as well as a beautiful way to decorate a cake with an edible garnish.
 Sunflower 

8.  Sunflower seeds are obviously a favorite among the feathered crowd, and also very nutritious, providing protein and essential oils to both humans and hens. The leaves are edible as well and your chickens will enjoy stripping the stalks of them.

Clover Blossoms 
9. Clover Blossoms are considered to be the most nutritious weed in your yard.  Both a blood purifier and an antioxidant, clover provides calcium, iron, magnesium and Vitamins A, B-12 and E as well as respiratory benefits. 

 Echinacea
10. Echinacea (or coneflower) flowers and seeds are excellent for improving respiratory health. Chickens are extremely susceptible to respiratory illnesses, so planting some echinacea will benefit them greatly.

Flowers to Steer Clear Of:
For the most part, chickens will avoid those flowers that are harmful to them, but to be on the safe side, it's best to AVOID planting the following potentially toxic plants in areas your chickens can access:
azalea, black nightshade, buttercup, castor bean, clematis, corn cockle, foxglove, henbane, honeysuckle, irises, lily of the valley, oleander, privet, rhubarb leaves, rhododendron, St. John's Wort, sweet pea, trumpet vine, vetch, yew

There are many, many more potentially harmful flowers and plants....but if you stick to the ten safe AND nutritious flowers above, your chickens will thank you ! 

THE BUCK STOPS HERE: Close Encounters of the Deer Kind

A photo of DianeWhen we bought our country home we were warned about The Wildlife. Town legends had arisen about their powers. I.e.: the deer will EAT ALL OF YOUR 2.5 ACRES, the possums HAD TEETH , loved to invade garages, and WOULD EAT YOU, and ALL the raccoons were Rabid. Just a few of the un-urban legends around our small hamlet, Bloomfield.

So when Bambi first made her appearance, tentatively discovering that our house was the ONLY one in the neighborhood without a huge ‘Barkeybark’ (dog, in my lingo), she in turn was Very Polite. Bill pointed out that deer are browsers. They take generous nibbles and move on. In no way was his prized rosebushes in danger (unlike that underground denizen the Pocket Gopher, who took pride in sucking a 5-year-old fig tree into its Hole of Doom).
 

Bambi
Bambi, Bill's Other Woman 

My husband Bill (a.k.a. The Peanut Gallery) spoke Bambi’s language. (Indeed, he is the quintessential Wild Animal Whisperer.) They all listened – and all the deer moved on. We had Daily Deer, all of which seemed intent on just appetizer-sized nibbles as they flicked ears to Bill's gentle mantra “Hello – umm - thou shalt NOT eat ALL” (…I’d never heard the traditional ‘om’ convert so easily to ‘Ummm’ before)

One day Buck the Buck came by for a visit. BuckyBuck. He was large. He was majestic in size and antlers. And like many a large, majestic male – he was also RUDE.

BuckyBuck
BuckyBuck The Rude One 

Shrubbery began to vanish.

Rosebushes featuring their first blushing rose of the season were later found headless. (….I was repeatedly accused of harvesting petals for my salads until Bill personally observed BuckyBuck decimating one of his favorite bushes whilst staring defiantly in the living room window, displaying an obvious middle finger on the deer’s part.)

Rude Eating at Table
Rude Eating at Table 

What could we do?

The Deer Patrol took care of it for us. Or maybe Bill did. When Bambi came by for her usual visit later, Bill began a dialogue with her.

Bill (siigh): LOOK at this! (waving to  Headless Rose [nee Prize of Season])

Bambi looked. I could swear she too sighed.

Bill (admonishing): I know you had nothing to do with this…but I simply can’t have this. (pause) I shall have to buy a LARGE BARKEYBARK if this continues.

I swear, Bambi’s eyes widened. Her ears stopped flicking and she stood stock still, stunned by the specter of her best human friend turning on her. She appeared to contemplate the possibilities for a moment, then turned and elegantly walked away, tiptoeing carefully among Bill’s prized garden flowers.

A few hours later, I had to call Bill to the back window.

BuckyBuck was out there in all his pompous rude glory. Surrounded by 5 female deer.

Bill (authoritatively): It must be Rutting Season, and he’s there with His Women.

Me: But, look: they’re moving as a unit towards the driveway!

And we watched, open-mouthed, as five female deer and a majestic, rude male clip-clopped down our driveway to our property’s boundary line and continued moving into the sunset.

Escort Service
Rut?? NOT - Escort Service! 

It wasn’t Rutting Season. It was an escort service.

The perp had been apprehended, lectured in Deer, and summarily escorted off our property.

Buckybuck never returned. We saw him around town and I have no idea what was threatened (“no sex” always works, with rude males), but whatever it was…Buckybuck never again showed antlers on our property and life returned to normal.

Never under estimate the power of a woman to get her way.

The Turning of the Wheat

The asparagus is waning and there will be only one more cutting.  In the background, the wheat is headed and beginning to “turn” to a golden hue that shifts in the wind as if a great golden sea.  I believe Kansans learn their colors against these fields.

Mama says, “Look at those fields, Niña.  That is GREEN.”

Green wheat

“See that lettuce coming up, Niña?  That is GREEN.”

And there must be some culminating mastery test for babies that is “See that big John Deere combine coming up the road?  What color is that?”  Her bright child can only answer, “GREEN!”

My own son seemed to be in high gear through those early stages.  Although there were no words, he had eyes that took in the world with such happiness.  He was just super-bright from the beginning.  He spoke his first word when he saw his grandfather drive around the barn on the great self-propelled John Deere combine.  He jumped up and down and chanted, “Bombine!  Bombine! Bombine!.”  Since he was only about 9 months old, I groaned and said, “Katie, bar the door.  The child has taught himself language!”

Many years into adulthood, I saw fields in desert country and friends remarked about their green beauty.  I could only chuckle at their judgment and offer, “Green?  Shoot, you want to see GREEN, come up to Kansas where we shoot a little nitrogen on the ground.  Now THAT’s green!”

Hillsides of Wheat

These are the weeks of such color and I am in deep appreciation of the earth.  It just makes swinging in the porch swing such a pleasure.  It is a sweet evening as I push slightly with my foot and read a good book.  Kansas evening just closes in about me, the slight breeze whispers.

Pritchardwheat 

New Life on the Farm

Marie James head shotSpring is a time for fresh beginnings and new life. We have a few little sprouts around our homestead. 

We really enjoy gardening, growing flowers, veggies, and fruit. This is the third summer since we moved here full time. The first year we concentrated on finishing our house while we lived in a trailer. Last summer we planted some fruit trees, built a large raised planting bed, and put in a small garden. 

This year, we're expanding...just a bit. 

tomato starts 

The tomato plants we started in a storage closet are looking great! Well, maybe we got a little carried away with varieties. We like to have all sizes and types of tomatoes: some for sauce and paste, some big slicers for hamburgers and sandwiches, and some medium salad-size. And of course we love the teeny ones, so we have currant and cherry tomatoes. A friend suggested using purple tomatoes to deepen the color of sauce and paste, so we have a couple of those too.
pepper plant starts

Sweet and hot peppers and some other assorted plants are smaller but getting a good start. It will be a few more weeks before we can safely plant them outdoors without shelter. If you’re thinking about starting some seeds for summer planting, here are descriptions of how our daughter made her similar simple and inexpensive system: the shelf and light setup and the heat mats made of Christmas lights and rope lights.  It's a big improvement over last year's windowsill operation.
damaged tree sprouting new leaves

Our orchard is taking shape! Unfortunately, due to deer, gophers, frolicking dogs, and some planting errors, we lost several of the fruit trees we put in last year. We replaced some of the trees this month and are watching some other weak ones that are—amazingly--sprouting new buds. Some of them I was sure were lost for good…but they have heart! This little guy is giving it all he has.The damaged trees that recover will just be a few years behind the others when it’s time to bear fruit.
raspberry and blackberry plants

We took a country drive to a local vineyard to buy grape, raspberry, and blackberry plants. Here are the raspberries and blackberries; several types of table and wine grapes are planted next to them. We’ll also plant blueberries and gooseberries. Strawberries are growing in a raised bed in the garden area. Is there anything like a juicy berry, warmed just right by the sun? Mmm!

strawberry sprouts under mulch 

What’s sprouting at your place? 

Loving Spring in the garden

It looks like we are in for another crazy year.  I've been gone for a week visiting family in Las Vegas.  The average temperatures there hovered around 60 degrees while back in Nebraska the thermometer soared above 90 degrees two days in a row.   While visiting family (oldest daughter and family), we made a trip to California to go to Universal Studios. The weather was worse there.  It was about 55 degrees with wind and misty rain.  We still had a great time but not very typical weather anywhere this year.  What's up with that?  

 

 Universal Studios King Kong 

Here's the big guy on the midway leading into Universal Studios.  The tram ride which was not near this display brought us into a tunnel.  The 4D 360 degree visual stimulation was awesome.  King Kong fought with a dinosaur and as he leaped from one side of the tram to the other he walked down the top of the tram.  The tram rocked and bounced as he leaped off and tangled with the dinosaur.  Of course the big guy won the match.  Many other similar experiences happened during the day.  It was a great day even though the weather wasn't so nice.  The best part was just spending time with my daughter, her husband, and two granddaughters.

One day was spent fishing on the big lake (Lake Mead) at Las Vegas but it was a bust.  We didn't even get a nibble and eventually had to leave because of the wind factor.  The rest of the week was spent with my sister catching up with life stories.  It was a great week of vacation but it's always good to be home.  Don't you think?

I returned home to a yard that needed mowing and a garden that hadn't sprouted yet.  I planted carrots, radishes, lettuce, and swiss chard before leaving.  The tomato and green pepper seeds are now planted in the plugs and the heat mat is on.  In about 10 days we will see if things are progressing as expected.Rustic Fence 

In the mean time the fence building continues and the daylilies are growing.  This is actually a picture from before I left on vacation.  The fence is now complete and the daylilies are much bigger.  Cindy I know you like Milkweed but I weed whacked them all down around the perimeter of the garden along with the nettle weeds.  Probably the smart thing for me to do would be to start a nettle tea business and let the nettles grow themselves but the farmer in me just won't let that happen.  I can already see that the wild grape vines are not going to give up easily.  They are sprouting up every where.  I'm hoping to mulch them to death with deep hay mulch.  I've been watch three huge bales of hay by the road that have been broken and sitting there for three years.  I am trying to get in touch with the owner of the property to see if I can haul them away.  That would really help to keep the weeds down.

Old Bobcat Larry continues to visit almost every day I'm at the garden.  He came over one day and helped me carve out a road into the property with his machine as he calls it.  Now I have a designated parking area for my truck.  Eventually, I will expand it to allow several parking spaces.  Yesterday was the first day at the garden since returning from vacation.  I found three T posts leaning against my garden gate to help with the actual garden fence construction.  I have an idea who left them but I don't know for sure.  Another neighbor has indicated she would be willing to trade chicken eggs for garden produce.  It's really great to see how he neighbors are responding to a crazy old coot who starting gardening in the most unsual place.

Most the neighbors stop and talk awhile when I'm there and have indicated they watch the property to keep unwanted people off.  I have devised a plan to let them know when I'm not there if the person has permission to be there.  I mounted a flag holder to the garden gate and fly the flag when I'm there.  If I'm not there and some one is there that is helping with the garden and I'm not with them I'll give them the flag to fly that way the neighborhood with know it's OK for them to be there. 

 Terra Nova March

Here's an over all picture of Terra Nova Gardens as it looks at the end of March.  It's all coming together but has a long way to go yet. 

I'll have more soon but that's all for now.  I hope everyone is enjoying the spring weather.  Well, I hope it's nice where you are.

P.S. - Lori, I made three batches of the laundry soap.  I was just a little skeptical about only 1/8 cup of soap because, well, that's really not much for a load of wash.  I have a top loader and there's a lot of clothes for only 1/8 cup.  I washed a load of grays but, aaaah, couldn't really tell much because their gray.  The next load was whites which was the real test.  I always let them soak for a few hours and then run them through the complete wash cycle.  I don't think I've ever seen my whites this white before.  You have made a believer out of me.  However, while I was gone for a week, my daughter went through two batches of soap.  I know she washes a lot of clothes but I kind of think she's using just a little more than 1/8 cup.  I suppose there's a learning curve on using this soap.  She thought I was just a little off my rocker when I made soap.  She didn't say anything but I could see it in her eyes.  At 27 years of age her thought process is "that's what stores are for. To buy soap."  Thanks for the recipe.

Digging In

digging in boxes laid outThis year’s garden is a major expansion of what we had last year, reaching up a sunny slope and installing another 16 boxes (there are two more behind the barn that you cannot see).  The old garden occupied the only “flat” area of our so-called lawn (and that was not especially flat or level).  The expansion reaches up a slope that is 20-25 degrees in many places.  If I just flop the boxes out on the grass and leave them, the soil mixture will tend to wash out the low corners in heavy spring rains, often taking some of the seedlings with it.  To keep everything where it belongs I must level the boxes.  These don’t have to be perfectly level, but better than they are now.

In getting this task done I’ve developed and perfected a technique for accomplishing the task in a minimum of time and bother.  I’d like to share that with you here.

 diggin in lined upStart by building the boxes, installing the weed cloth bottoms to the lower edges with plenty of staples and lay the boxes out in roughly the right positions.  No need to get real fussy yet. 

Last year I used a rather cumbersome method of digging in each box, clearing out the interior dirt then laying in weed cloth and stapling it to the inside faces of the box.  Don’t do that.  Grass and weeds have no problem pushing up in the spaces between staples along the sides of the boxes and removing them is tough because they’re actually rooted outside the box.  If you must go this route, add a thin batten over the weed cloth and nail or staple it liberally to pinch off any entry route.  This year I fastened the cloth to the bottom edges of the box so the weight of the frame will help close off potential entry points.  At least that’s the theory.  I probably should have used battens here too, but I didn’t.  We’ll see how this works out.

Required tools:

  • Garden spade (round nose)
  • Square nose shovel
  • Carpenter’s level (or equivalent)
  • Digging frame (you can use a box without cloth on it or build a frame of 2x4 that is much easier to lift in and out)
  • At least 4 marker sticks: these could be straight sticks, scraps of wood, light rebar, tent stakes, whatever you have on hand

digging in supervisorNot required but very handy:

  • A supervisor/inspector.   Meet Zadie; she’s my overseer on this project.
  • A lawn tractor and wagon for hauling away the dirt you dig out.
  • A wheelbarrow or garden cart for hauling away the sod you dig out.
  • Two tall sticks or poles and enough heavy twine to reach across the widest run of boxes you will have.
  • A measuring tape.

Start by checking your lay-out.  If you’re adding to an existing garden (like I am) you will want to even out spacing so the new rows line up pretty well with the old ones.  At least I do… but I’m fussier than some about such  things.  Make sure you leave some aisles wide enough to get hauling equipment through.  I paired up rows with a walking aisle between, then left wide aisles between pairs for my lawn tractor (think streets and an alley).  Being able to get the tractor and wagon in will vastly reduce the manual carrying of supplies when I start making up dirt to fill the boxes – and I need to be able to traverse the array of boxes in order to perform other yard maintenance.

As you start digging in the boxes, you can, if you want, drive the stakes in at each end and run the twine between them.  Line up one edge of the boxes with the twine.  Tie one end with a simple knot so the twine can be removed and rolled up during digging sessions, but can easily be put back up to check alignment for final positioning.

diggin in positioningWith the box in position, poke two marker sticks right next to the box, 12” to 18” out from the lowest corner to mark the position of the box.  Then set your level in with one end snugged into the second lowest corner and swing the other end up and down until the bubble centers in the sight (is level).  The line now described by your level is the “tipping line” of that box: everything above that line will get dug out, everything below that line will get built up.  Sight along the level and install your other two markers  6 inches or so out from the edge of the box to mark your tipping line yet give you room to work.

Why not just dig out everything from the low corner and up?  Because in several cases that would mean the deep corner would have been 24 inches or more deep.  That’s a lot of digging, a lot of dirt to haul and a lot of lumber needed to build the box up enough to deflect rain water so the box doesn’t get washed out by torrential run-off or polluted with lawn debris and mud.  The tipping line is a good compromise and is a technique used by home builders to establish a house seat for new construction in the mountains.

diggin in edgingBefore you remove the box, use the garden spade to cut straight down about 3” out from the box around the outside of the box to cut the sod above the tipping line.  Remove the box and do it again around the inside of the box.  If the box has been sitting on the grass for a few days the grass under the frame will have yellowed, making it easy to see where the box frame sat.  The grass inside the frame will continue to grow because the weed cloth does not block the sunlight like heavy black plastic would, but it also allows water to drain through.  Use the weed cloth, not plastic.
 

 

 

 

 diggin in begin trench
 You have defined your edge trench.  Remove the sod.  


 

 

 

 

 

  digging in leveling first leg 

Then, starting at the ground-level corner of your tipping line, (front right in this case) start removing soil to from the trench toward the back corner.  Check your progress often with the level.  Digging a level trench into a slope is tricky to do, make use of that level.

I like to use the spade for most of my digging and the square nose shovel for trimming up and debris removal.

 

 

 digging in leveling second leg
When you get to the back corner, tamp down the soil in the corner to provide a clear demarcation;  leaving it as loose soil will make it difficult to maintain when you turn the corner and loose dirt falls in on top of it.  Along the back side you will have to eyeball it as best you can until the level fits into the trench.  Keep the tamped corner clean so you have a good reference point to work with. 

 

 

 

 

 diggin in leveling the leg up 

When done, tamp the far corner and start cutting the trench coming back “up” out of the ground to the tipping point.  Your tipping line is a fixed reference point.  Lay the level on the tamped back corner and the tipping line and it will tell you how much you need to build up the raised corner.

 

 

 

 

digging in testing time 

Testing time – if you’ve done this well you can now set your digging frame in place and the level will confirm your diligence.  If you’re not level (or at least pretty close) remove the frame and adjust.  When you’re happy with it, leave the frame in place and start digging out the interior dirt.  Again, the spade makes cutting into the dirt easier, the square shovel makes smoothing faster.

 

 

 

 digging in supervisor on duty 

This is the point where Zadie felt it necessary to step in and supervise.  Is this trust or what?

 

 

 

 

 

 digging in getting close
 Getting close: moving dirt from the high side to the low side, smoothing as I go.

 

 

 

 

 

  digging in missed a spot
Hey, you missed a spot; right there, it’s a little too high, scrape that down some.

 

 

 

 

 

 digging in feels good 

OK, feels good and flat to me – Good Job! Take five and get a drink of water.

 

 

 

 

 

  digging in deep box 

I tried to plan things so I started with the hardest boxes and worked my way toward the easier ones so as I got stiff and sore, the old bod would handle it better.  And that worked out nicely except for the last box. It turned out to be on a spot with a steep drop-off and required a lot for digging – UGH!

 

 

 

 

  digging in clean it up
Lift the digging frame out of the way and remove or tamp any loose debris.

digging in set the boxThen set your garden box in place.  Eye-ball it (or string it if you’re fussy) to be sure it lines up.  Do NOT back-fill the trenches outside of the box yet.  If you want to back fill, do it after you have the box filled with soil mix to weight it down and hold it in position during back-filling.  I hope to back-fill with gravel to help promote drainage and slow down rotting of the boxes.

I used #2 grade construction pine 2x8s for these boxes instead of pressure treated lumber because I don’t want the treatment leeching into the soil in which I’ll be growing our food.  And this it quite a bit cheaper.  These should last 4 to 5 years.  By that time I may be ready to replace the wooden boxes with narrow cinder block.   That will probably out-last me.

digging in baldNow, about that sod I dug out.  I could have just thrown it into the wagon with the dirt to be used to fill in dips and ruts in the lawn, but I had another thought.  We have a series of these balds where rushing water has washed away the soil and the grass, exposing tree roots that are a hazard to the mower and making ugly spots that will only get worse because there is no chance that grass seed will take hold here.

 digging in no baldSo, I moved the sod from the boxes into the balds.  We’re getting a lot of rain right now.  Between rains I water in the early mornings.  If the grass dies off I’ll have lost nothing, but if it takes hold it has solved a problem at no cost whatsoever - at least for a while.

The next step is to build fence boxes to keep the dogs from digging in the dirt or rolling on my young plants and to keep the rabbits out.  But we’ll address that in the next installment.

Spring Fever

Minnie Hatz headshotEarly March brought warm temperatures to the front range. I have my garden plowed. The grass is showing green shoots. Stores have racks of seeds and the nurseries even have trees and shrubs. Why not plant garden early?

Having lived here most of my life, I have learned to read some signs. One of the first signs of spring is the cranes going north. They usually proceed weather changes by about 6 weeks. How­ever, unless I am outside and hear their purring call as they fly high overhead, I can miss that sign. Another reliable sign is the ice being completely off the lakes and reservoirs. This sign seems to hold true throughout the country. The freeze will not go out of the ground and allow plowing until the ice is off the water.
 

Late winter snow
Piles of late winter snow. 

The ice is off the water, but I am still waiting, for quite a while yet. The home improvement stores that carry nursery stock may not tell you, but the businesses that are strictly nurseries often have signs posted that the last average freeze date is May 15! A couple of years ago we had a mas­sive blizzard on St. Pats. I have seen similar blizzards in the first week of May. Granted, the snow doesn’t last long, but it can certainly freeze a garden.

A friend of mine bought a blooming fruit tree for a head start. A late freeze killed the blossoms, and the tree so even nursery stock isn’t yet safe.

I will likely hold off until that last average date or even later if the weather should be cool. This can complicate life as the end of the growing season can be as early as Labor day. I usually opt for 75 to 80 day corn and about 50 day tomatoes. Almost everyone who grows tomatoes here can tell stories of getting NO ripe tomatoes because the frost came before they could ripen.

I am day dreaming as I look at the seed catalog. But, I see the racks of seeds in the store at this time of year as strictly marketed for those who are going to start seeds inside. Likewise the garden plants and perennials are marketed for those who can place the plants in a greenhouse, garage or barn and care for them until a warmer day.

Dream harvest
Vegetables that I dream about in spring. 

When I do get the plants ready for planting, I usually place them in my little red wagon and pull it out in the sun on nicer spring days but pull it back in at sundown. The wind is a real factor along the front range so it is also important to place new plants on the lee side of a building or hedge so they will not be whipped dry by the wind.

By toughing up my tomato plants and other tender greenhouse grown plants for a week or more, I expect to have nearly 100% survival.

Unlike folks in some areas, I cannot count on having spring rains. This also helps determine the planting schedules. I must be prepared to water seeds and plants if the rains do not come. The need for water is so certain, that I am getting my garden set up on a timer with automatic valves. Of course, once I turn the water into the irrigation system, I don’t want to have to drain it nor do I want it to freeze. So even with spring fever, 70 degree days, and green shoots in the lawn...no planting around here for a couple of months

Has Spring Really Sprung?

Miniature Daffodils in Mid March 

In years past, I would still be mired in the garden planning process during the month of March. This year? Not so much. I don’t consider myself to be a planting expert. I’m more of a bumbling garden dabbler, approaching each new agricultural season with zeal. Carefully mapping out each organic planting area and armed with the best of intentions, orders are placed for interesting seed collections and little-known heirloom vegetables.

Each year, I carefully till, mulch, water and fight the usual garden pests while dreaming of the first harvest from every plant species. And then life intervenes. The annual slug fest begins. The mosquitoes chase me out of the garden and the weeds win the race to the top, blocking the sunlight from the tender young shoots. I always go back to defend the garden’s sullied honor, but the harvest is never as grand as I imagined it during the planning and planting stages.

This year, the weather has wrought an interesting challenge. It has been unseasonably warm and though local wisdom says not to plant a garden prior to Memorial Day, I have found myself inexplicably drawn to dig in the dirt. The signs of spring are everywhere! We have grape hyacinths and miniature daffodills in full bloom. The trees have starting to flower and even the grass needs to be mowed. I want to plant all of my garden beds now in the hope Mother Nature will continue to smile down on us and gift us with a bountiful harvest. So far, the urge has been kept (mostly) under wraps. Limiting myself to cold tolerant crops like peas and lettuce, I worry that the rising temperatures will actually cause lettuce and peas to bolt! This week, we’ve had temperatures in the high 70’s and there’s still no sign of a typical NY winter.

 Unseasonably Early Grape Hyacinths

Aside from the cold-tolerant seedlings, we have had our first garden harvest of the 2012 season: Chives. They never seem to disappoint me. They grow in clumps in the garden, in pots on the porch and even volunteer each year in the yard. Like most herbs, they thrive in well-drained soil. Never finicky, the plants thrive in either full sun or partial shade, but do prefer a bit of moisture. As they are perennials, there is no need to replant them.

Regular Onion Flavored Chives

We have both garlic chives and regular onion-flavored chives growing all over the place. It may only be March, but it is a sure sign that we’ve been gifted with an early spring. (Don’t tell Mother Nature…She may decide to send a late season blizzard our way!)

Plumbing a homestead

Cheryl in Texas head shotThings are hopping at our little homestead (a.k.a. our little piece of heaven on earth)!  And what a productive weekend! 

Thanks to the help of our fabulous neighbors, who loaned us their truck so that we could pick up a rented trencher, we trenched  approximately 500 feet of water line on Saturday.  We’re very grateful to have good soils – not too much sand, not too much clay, and no rocks whatsoever.  We also started putting pipe together on Saturday. 

Then on Sunday, after a trip to the store for more supplies, our fabulous neighbors came to our rescue again.  They came over and spent several hours helping us lay the rest of the pipe and covering the trenches back up.  There was heavy rain in the forecast for last night into this morning (boy was it!). They knew it was in our best interest to have that project done so that the rains didn’t fill our trenches back in before we got the pipes in, causing us to dig them out all over again.  On top of that they loaned us their tractor and shredder so we could get the grass that was two feet tall down to a manageable level in order to mark out the homesite for the house infrastructure crew that will coming out later in the week. (I do have to say, it hurt my feelings a little to cut down that beautiful grass – but the area directly under where the house is going will be wiped out anyway.) 

Here are a few pictures of the water line progress.

 trenching house linelaying pipe

We took plenty of pictures and went through much discussion for these water lines.  We put a lot of thought in to their locations and want it all documented so that in the future, we’ll know exactly where everything is.  We put in shut off valves in strategic places so that if we ever do have problems, we can more easily isolate where they are occurring and make the necessary repairs (as opposed to digging up the entire water system!).  We also laid out the lines to allow for easier future expansion as we add structures and critters.

We did take an extra day off and also managed to install two spigots (one right in the garden!) and fence 450 square feet of garden space.  We have stuff that needs to be transplanted and others to direct sow.  But we had to get fencing up to keep the critters out, lest we just serve up and gourmet salad bar for them. :)   We are only using a portion of what we tilled for now.  It's WAY more garden space than we've ever had and we had a budget on fence material that we had to stick with.

 fenced garden

Only about two weeks left before the house should be ready.  We are so excited about how close we are getting to living on our homestead full time!  And added to that whirlwind of activity, our bees will be arriving April 14th.  Stay tuned, it’s gonna get crazy around here.

Until next time, worms rock and bees rule.

Garden Expansion (Delusions of Grandeur?)

Allan-HeadshotAfter my success at gardening last year, Marie suggested that I plan on taking some produce to a Farmers Market to sell this year. A handful of peppers and a couple bags of lettuce per week would not be worth the trouble, so I decided to expand the garden and produce things that would be profitable sellers at a farmer’s market.  

This is The View From the Top (our house) of the expanded garden. Because of the slope I have to do almost all of the gardening in these boxes. I just finished building all these boxes and most of them still need to be dug-in to level them up.     

 Garden Box

The three boxes at the bottom, next to the barn, are last year’s garden (along with 3 more behind the barn). The empty space in the elbow of that garden was a potato patch last year and will be filled with a wide variety of sweet pepper plants this year: 60 some odd plants, producing sweet red, yellow, orange and purple bell peppers as well as sweet banana peppers and lipstick peppers.  

The large box next to the bird feeder post and behind the crepe myrtle tree is our blueberry patch. It is dug-in, filled with soil, planted with 8, three year old blueberry bushes, and mulched with pine straw. That one is ready to go.

The small box next to it is for strawberries. The three sticks just uphill from these mark the locations of posts that will support a grape trellis. I grouped these so I could build a PVC framework over all of them and cover it with bird netting to help insure that we actually get to enjoy some of these crops.

Last years boxes are planted with lettuce, chard, onions, carrots, spinach and herbs and have been producing for me all winter long – under the shelter of PVC & plastic hoop houses. I’ve removed those now so the plants don’t bake in the warmer weather: it stays in the mid 60’s to mid 70’s most of the time with a couple of 80 degree days already. I hope this early warmth doesn’t signal a scorcher of a summer.  

The other boxes will bet planted, using the square foot gardening method, with asparagus, corn, a variety of beans, squash, eggplant, turnips, beets, onions, potatoes (I’ll have to add depth to those boxes), melons, and tomatoes. It is a long and varied list and I probably missed something, but you get the idea.

Some of these plants have already been started from seed indoors and have not only sprouted but gained enough growth to need potting to wait until their boxes are done. So much to do – so little time to do it. So, I’d better quit typing and get digging!

Garden Wit and Wisdom from Days of Old

Who can be satisfied until every home has a garden, every community a garden club and every city a community garden? ~ Alfred Carl Hottes 

 1001 Gardening Questions Answered

The question appears in the preface of “1001 Garden Questions Answered”, and is still as relevant today as when Hottes first asked it.  In fact, much of the information contained in the book is still relevant – it’s still in print, the latest edition issued in 2007, eighty years after the first edition of the book was published.  I recently found my Dad’s 1947 copy of the “heavily revised” fourth printing of the book; hopefully newer editions have been “heavily revised” also, because the non-pronounceable chemicals listed in the “How to Control Insects and Diseases” chapter are just downright scary.    

Despite that, this is a little gem of a book, with a ton of wisdom, useful information, and interesting tidbits.  Judging from the tattered cover, dog-eared pages, and that Dad wrote his name on the inside cover, I’m guessing this book was passed around a lot among friends, family, and co-workers who shared his interest.   

The legacy Dad left me was his life-long love of nature and of gardening.  Some of my earliest memories are of him teaching me about plants and birds we encountered on our walks through the forests and fields.  At home, I’d work alongside him, helping in his big vegetable garden….although at that young of an age, I don’t know how much help I did versus how much additional work I created.   

Mom didn’t share Dad’s passion for gardening, (or, I’m sure, for my love of playing in the dirt as a kid – a love that I never outgrew, and I’ve got ground-in stains on the knees of all my jeans to prove it).  She was more of a behind-the-scenes gardener – an advisor on what she wanted planted, then cooking, canning, pickling, or putting fresh on the table the fruits of Dad’s labor.  Keith is much the same – he waters, he weeds, he harvests, and generally likes to be out in the garden, but he doesn’t have the same passion for gardening that I do.  He does, however, have the title of Official Garden Construction Engineer.      

“If you haven’t anything else to do Winter nights, busy yourself putting a coldframe together for early gardening operations.  Every garden needs a coldframe….” writes Hottes.  

 Cold frame

I returned home from a weekend trip to my childhood home where I found the book, to find Keith had built me one. Though he doesn’t have a passion for gardening, he does have a passion for using power tools.  The cold-frame is darned spiffy, I think, made from two old windows someone had set out for the trash, which I threw into the back of my truck last fall with a cold-frame in mind.     

Older than “1001 Garden Questions Answered”, passed around more often than Dad’s copy of it…and every bit as flavorful as the peppery leaves of the mustard greens I planted in the cold-frame, is a little tidbit of wit and wisdom on the book’s last page.

The Gardener’s Prayer 

O Lord, grant that in some way it may rain every day, say from about midnight until three o’clock in the morning, but you see, it must be gentle and warm, so that it can soak in; grant that at the same time it would not rain on Campion, Alyssum, Helianthemum, Lavender, and the others which You in Your infinite wisdom know are drought-loving plants- I will write their names on a bit of paper if You like- and grant that the sun may shine the whole day long, but not everywhere (not, for instance, on Spirea, or on Gentian, Plantain-lily, and Rhododendron), and not too much; that there may be plenty of dew and little wind, enough worms, no plant-lice and snails, no mildew, and that once a week thin liquid manure and guano may fall from heaven.  Amen. ~ Karel Capek (1890-1938)

Even Farm Animals Like Recycling!

Springtime has come early to Sunny Hill Farm in the high tunnel.  When the weather is sunny, the tunnel is usually 10-15 degrees warmer than outside, especially when it's windy.  The green things have already begun growing for the season and the smell is wonderfully warm and verdant.  My daughter likes to go in there and take off her shoes, enjoying the feel of grass between her toes a few weeks early. 

 High Tunnel 

Spinach, arugula, mustard and lettuces are waking up and growing again from last Fall's sowing.  Other green things are growing in there, too: clover, purslane and especially chickweed.  These weeds need to be removed before we plant the space anew for the Summer season.  I know that many of the plants we consider "weeds" are actually perfectly edible, nutritious, and quite yummy.  Back in the past, many of these cold-hardy greens were a welcome addition to the diet in the earliest days of Spring, when folks were living off their winter store of starchy roots and rich meats and were ready for a fresh change.  Chickweed, in particular, is especially sweet and nutritious, and it grows abundantly in a low spreading carpet. 

 Chickweed

Even though discarded weeds are composted to return their nutrients to the soil, I still look for ways to capture even more of the nutrition and resources available on-farm, to minimize our off-farm inputs, reduce costs, and keep our ecosystem as healthy and diverse as possible.  One way we do this is to harvest plants such as grasses and weeds to feed to our animals, especially those who cannot always be out on pasture.  Feeding the animals grasses and weeds is closer to their natural diet than grain, and provides the myriad of vitamins and minerals often needed to be supplemented else-wise. 

So my daughter and I have been going out to the high tunnel daily and harvesting this abundant chickweed to feed to our pigs and poultry.  I was unable to find definitive evidence that it was suitable daily for our other animals, so I only feed it to them, not the sheep, cows or horse.  Many of these weeds are good for one species of animal but not others, so always do your homework and check first, being sure you have a positive identification.  In order to keep the horse from getting jealous, we also grab a few handfuls of clover to give to her, too.

This time together is very enjoyable for my Gwee and me, and we are doing two jobs at once, weeding in preparation for this coming season, and giving our animals a little nutrition boost.  Fun, easy, and cost-effective recycling!

Stinging Nettles: The Green that Bites Back!

Stinging Nettles 

As a kid, I remember working out behind the barn. I was tasked with the removal of the stinging nettles that grew there. Despite the long pants and rubber gloves that I wore, I always managed to get stung by them somewhere…usually on my upper arms or at my ankles as they were increasingly exposed as I went through a growth spurt. It is kind of ironic that almost 30 years later, I actually want to plant and cultivate nettles for their food value. It is hard to believe that a plant that can cause you to feel that you’ve been poked by tiny needles can also be a protein-packed powerhouse of a green loaded with vitamins A and D. Long used as a medicinal in medieval Europe, nettles were used to treat joint pain and as a diuretic to rid the body of excess water.

In order to be able to prepare them for eating, the plants are harvested and allowed to wilt. Once wilted, they no longer have the ability to sting and gloves are no longer necessary for handling. Treat the greens like spinach after washing them and they make a tasty side dish. Many people actually prefer the taste of nettles to that of spinach. I just don’t notice much of a difference. For me the beauty of growing nettles is that I can sow them virtually anywhere and they will take care of themselves. I won’t have to weed them and they will re-seed themselves each year. Yes, my secret is out. I am indeed a lazy gardener!

While doing the research about growing nettles, I was struck by the vast amount of information available on the internet. It seemed that every article stressed that the plants prefer a phosphorus rich environment and are one of the few plants that can actually thrive in soil that has been enriched with poultry droppings. Raising quail, we have plenty of that!

The most helpful information that I found was a list of things that can ease the pain once you've been stung. It seems that the cures for the irritation can often be found growing in close proximity to an outcropping of nettle. The common dock plant (Rumex) or jewelweed (Impatiens Pallida & Impatience Capensis) can provide relief when crushed and rubbed on the affected area.

 Now that I'm older, I now recognize both of those plants as being the other weeds that I was tasked with removing as a child. Who would have guessed that the cure was so close at hand?

 

Garden Planning: Can't Wait to Dig In

Assorted Seed Catalogs 

My mailbox has been filling up in recent weeks. While a part of me hates to think of the number of trees that have been sacrificed to produce this year's crop of seed catalogs, another part of me is jumping up and down with glee.

 It is finally time to begin planning the 2012 garden. That's right! Regardless of whether or not the world ends on December 21st (as predicted by the Mayans)we still want fresh veggies to enjoy throughout the summer and fall.

 I always approach the garden with such optimism. The plan usually includes some innovative design plot that I've seen over the years at nearby Cornell University. When I'm in garden planning mode, weeds drought and garden pests don't exist. Instead, every vegetable is envisioned in a blemish free state and is the epitome of perfection.

 Tomato Start in Greenhouse

Despite all of the choices offered by the seed companies, we actually buy very little. We have lots of commercially packaged seed from prior gardening years. We are also fairly good seed savers with much of the saved seed coming from heirloom & non-hybrid vegetable varieties. This means that we will see fairly consistent results from the seeds that we collect each year.

Salad Green Boxes  

Last year, we grew groundcherries for the first time. Related to the tomato, the plants were started in the greenhouse and did very well in our soil. Those seeds were the result of a particularly wonderful seed swap that we do with an internet friend in Wyoming.

 Groundcherries 2011 

We have seeds to grow the things that we like to eat & some for things that we don't!  Unloved seeds, like okra and rutabaga, are traded away to people that actually (shudder) like to eat them. Seed swaps are an excellent way to taste test new veggies and to see if they will do well in your type of soil.

 Daily Harvest 2011 

Each year, we decide to try a few new varieties of something but we try to spend exactly $26. Why $26? Because many of the seed companies offer free shipping or discount coupons redeemable on purchases over $25. A good portion of that $26 is spent on permaculture. Things that we can plant once and reap the harvest from for a number of years. Though I love to garden, I really don't like to work so hard at it!

 

Hoop House Update

A while back I explained my plan to extend the garden’s growing season by building  domed covers over my raised bed garden boxes and planting cold-tolerant plants.  I thought I’ll let you know how that’s going and what I’ve learned from the experience.

Hoop Houses in Garden

Fresh Vegetables in January

I planted mesclun lettuce, leaf lettuce, carrots, onions, chard, spinach, garlic, and Brussels sprouts.  On a weekly basis I’ve been able to harvest the lettuces, carrots, onions.  Chard comes in a little more slowly.  The spinach is alive but pretty well stopped in its tracks as far as growth goes.  I think this is mostly due to a lack of sunshine; which I will discuss in a moment.

  I didn’t plant more than a couple of squares of each plant because I didn’t want to be inundated.  That need not have been a worry.  We get enough each weekend to make one good salad, which will provide dinner once and provide a side salad once or twice for lunch through the week.

 My herb bed is also doing well and we can clip rosemary and oregano as needed.  The sage has gone dormant, so I don’t take cuttings from that.  I moved a basil plant into my office and that serves our needs well since I have to clip it aggressively to keep it from bolting.  I’ll plant fresh seedlings in the herb bed in the spring.

What I’ve Learned

The biggest mistake I made was in planting beds that are in a shaded area during the winter because the sun sits lower in the sky in winter than it does in summer and trees along the edge of my property block the sun.  In the summer this was not a problem.  Next year I’ll need to put in more boxes and the winter garden will be higher up the slope where full sun is received most of the day.

This lack of sun is compounded by the fact that the plastic covering the houses is semi-transparent, so it may be blocking some of the sun.  Whenever possible I go out and pull the covers off the beds on warm sunny days.

I was afraid that watering the beds would become a chore since I had to disconnect and drain the water hose for the winter.  But this has not been a problem.  Rain that falls on the cover slides down the sides and into the edges of the box.  The vermiculite in the mix then helps hold the water for the plants.  And because there are not many warm, sunny days where I pull the covers, the moisture that gets inside tends to stay there.  Evaporated moisture condenses on the inside of the cover and falls back to the soil as it gathers into droplets.  I have not had to add water even once so far.

One thing I did think to do was to make slits on the plastic where it wraps around the lower side bars.  This allows the water that runs down the sides to escape and fall back into the soil instead of building up in the pocket this wrapped plastic forms.

I have learned that there are some PVC pipe fittings that would allow me to build a “house” shaped roof rather than bending the piped into a hoop.  The hoop puts a lot of tension into the system and this can cause some problems with joints popping loose and legs not wanting to fit into their sockets.  Building domes with short straight sides and a peaked roof would take all the tension out of the system.

Conclusion

I’d say the project is a success; it is providing us with fresh food and will have a great start on the early spring crop because much of it is already in the ground.  I need to be more mindful of the suns winter position and put out more plants next year.  But it has worked well.

The Nature of Seeing ... Weeds

 Sunflower and bee 

Paula Ebert headshotAs I’ve gardened, I’ve thought a lot about the nature of seeing. Let me try to explain. When I first arrive at the flower garden that is up by the sign by the road, I often see lots of weeds, even though I go out daily. I pull the weeds, then bit by bit, I begin to see beyond the weeds.

I see the snapdragons that need to be dead-headed. What a disturbing term. Dead-heading. But if you don’t do it, they bloom once and then you’re done. When you dead-head, the snapdragons branch out, and grow multiple blossoms. Like they are saying … Hah! You can’t defeat me. I’ll grow no matter what! This year, I put them out early in the spring, and it was a warm sunny day, then it turned cold and miserable and windy (reminded me of Wyoming), and I thought I’d lose several. Ironically, it turned out I only lost the one I stepped on by accident, while trying to weed. Although it was touch and go for a bit. Because of the Wyoming experience and the desiccating winds, I went out every day and watered the poor little plants.

But back to the seeing. It’s like the big stuff has to get out of the way first. First the weeds need to go, then I can see the rest of what must be done. There are rather bland parallel’s to real life – something like clear out the bad in order to appreciate the good, or first things first. Of course, the weeds have to go, they block the enjoyable things. I have discovered that I need to look two or three times to really see what has to be done, and I think that is the lesson, not to hurry when you look.

But what is a weed? We’ve had that discussion around here, trust me. I’ve gone by the old standard that a weed is a plant where you don’t want it. But see, I really like the sunflowers, and my husband sees them as an indication a lazy person letting the weeds grow. The same with the Flannel Mullen that I like and he calls “wild tobacco” for reasons unknown to me. Even though we never get ear infections around here, I had to restrain myself from gathering mullen blossoms to experiment with making the decoction when he sent my son out to chop down the mullen. My photo of the bee on a sunflower that took a purple at the county fair is an embarrassment to him, because it is on a – gasp… sunflower! Kansas is the sunflower state, right?

In any event, we will continue to fuss over the nature of what constitutes weeds, although we all agree on the thistles, crab grass and Bermuda grass. I won’t mention the photo I took of the butterfly on a thistle …

Gardener's Supply 'Pest and Disease Detective' Aids Beleaguered Gardeners

Gardeners Supply2For gardeners in many parts of the country, now is the most challenging time, when garden pest and disease problems may be in full force. For organic gardeners who don't want to use an herbicide that harms every insect -- it can be difficult to know what is causing the problem. Now, gardeners can turn to a free online resource created by Gardener's Supply that helps identify pests and diseases while providing earth-friendly solutions.

Gardener's Supply, an award-winning online and catalog retailer, developed the tool to aid gardeners in the sometimes maddening task of identifying, and taking action against, what's destroying their plants.

"Spring's wet weather stressed plants and created ideal conditions for disease," explains Maree Gaetani, gardening relations, Gardener's Supply. "Currently, Blossom-End Rot is the most common complaint among gardeners."

Gardeners SupplyWhen tomato plants appear lush and healthy and almost ready for harvest, Blossom-End Rot is discouraging when brown decay appears at the blossom end, spreading rapidly and spoiling the fruit.

"We recommend Rot-Stop for Blossom-End Rot, as this all-natural formula prevents calcium deficiency, the most common cause of blossom-end rot," continued Gaetani.

Gardeners can also learn prevention techniques from the Pest and Disease Detective and learn from Product Reviews how other gardeners found success with the recommended solution.

Putting the Detective 'On the Case' 

Gardeners who aren't sure if they have the damage that is Blossom-End Rot or have spotted insects, or evidence of damage or disease on their plants can put the Pest and Disease Detective to work on their case by visiting www.gardeners.com, clicking on the Pest and Disease Detective link and answering a few simple questions about the type of plant affected, and the type of damage seen.

The Detective generates a list of plant-specific suspects with detailed images to match. More than 80 close-up, color photographs make it easy for gardeners to investigate which pests or diseases might be to blame.

Gardeners may view an unlimited number of detailed profiles -- which include insect life cycles, feeding and disease patterns, and recommended counter-attacks -- to determine exactly what's plaguing their plants. The Detective also recommends preventative strategies to keep plants healthy and minimize damage, and generates a list of effective, earth-friendly controls... especially important to gardeners who don't want to use harsh chemicals on their food.

The Detective also solicits suggestions and images from other gardeners to create an expanding arsenal of information as the season progresses. There's advice for dealing with animal pests such as rabbits, groundhogs, birds and others, as well as ideas for attracting and protecting beneficial insects, especially those that prey on problem pests.

Some of the most frequently recommended product solutions include Actinovate and SerenadeGarden Disease Control; both are used by organic market gardeners since they can be used up to day of harvest, and both work on vegetables, flowers and lawns. Actinovate is effective on pythium blight, verticillium, fusarium, powdery mildew, brown patch, take-all patch, dollarspot, downy mildew, gray mold, root rot, damping off, crown rot, black spot, leaf spots, rusts and more.

Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed; Serenade contains Bacillus subtilis, a soil-dwelling bacterium that controls leaf blight, black mold, powdery mildew and many other diseases.

To prevent slugs, Slug Magic consists of pellets that contain the active ingredient iron phosphate, a naturally occurring mineral. Once ingested, slugs stop eating and die within a few days. Once sprinkled on the soil surface near affected plants, the pellets remain effective for a full two weeks even if it rains.

This press release is presented without editing for your information. GRIT does not recommend, approve or endorse the products and/or services offered. You should use your own judgment and evaluate products and services carefully before deciding to purchase. 

Preserving the Bounty: Freezing Tomatoes

Originally I was going to use one post to cover all the ways we can preserve tomatoes, but it was getting awfully long. So instead I'll beak it up into smaller chunks that are easier to chew. You're welcome!

Unlike cucumbers, there are many ways to preserve tomatoes so you can enjoy the bounty of your harvest all through the winter and spring until your next crop is ready for harvesting. We planted lots of tomatoes because we use lots of them in cooking, salads and as side dishes. Preserved tomatoes will not have the same look and texture of a fresh from the garden tomato, but if done properly, much of the flavor will be retained. 

Speaking of Flavor…Have you ever wondered why store bought tomatoes lack the exuberant flavor of a fresh-grown one? That’s easy.

Commercial tomato field
Commercial Tomato Field, By Marie Bittinger

Most commercially grown tomatoes are picked while they are green and rock hard so they will travel better and not become over-ripe before they get to their destination. At the foot of our mountain – and scattered all through our county – are commercial tomato fields. As we go from here to there we watch them working in the fields, planting the sets, stringing the maturing plants dousing the crop in pesticides, picking them green, then spraying the field with something that causes the plants to wither to mush overnight. They have to post POISONOUS signs to keep poor people from trying to glean the fields. 

The trucks used to transport the tomatoes from distributors to their final destination are pumped full of ethylene gas to make the fruit turn red and (sort of) ripen. Ethylene is produced by most fruits as part of the ripening process; in miniscule amounts. Exposing them to concentrated amounts of the gas forces them to undergo the ripening process very quickly. When they get where they are going they look nice, but never had the chance to develop the flavor of a properly ripened, sun drenched fruit. 

Actually, a tomato is classified – botanically - as a berry, not a fruit, but I figured that would confuse most people, since most folks consider it to be a vegetable if anything. 

Whether you think of them as vegetables, fruits, or berries, they taste great, are good for you, and are fun to cook with. So, lay up plenty for use throughout the year. 

Freezing Tomatoes

Tomatoes are easy to freeze. They can be frozen in many forms, depending on your intended usage. One thing to remember: their skins will become tough after freezing, so in most cases you will want to remove the skins before using the ‘maters in your cooking. You can do this easily before freezing by popping the tomato into boiling water for just 45 seconds to a minute, depending on size, fish it out and ease it into a bowl of ice water for 5-10 minutes. This will cause the skin to split and it will peel off easily; just peel it with your fingers like peeling a grape. You can then chop it into cubes, dice it, or puree it before freezing. You can freeze them whole if you like, but they take up a lot of room in the freezer this way. If you will be cutting the tomatoes into wedges, you may want to wait to remove the skins; when they thaw out the skins will slip right off. No need to fuss with blanching and icing now. 

I’m going to demonstrate freezing them in wedges because we feel this will give us the most versatility when we thaw them out again, and because it’s warm this evening and I don’t want to heat up the house more with a big pot of boiling water on the stove. 

Mess of Maters 

First, gather yourself a mess of tomatoes, a very sharp knife, cutting board and a cookie sheet. The nice thing about freezing is that they can be done in small batches with a minimum of fuss and equipment. 

Wash the tomatoes and remove the stem. I always leave the stem-stump on the tomato until we use it to prevent the stem scar from absorbing impurities from the air and while washing. When washing them, do not dump a load onto a sink full of water, again, the stem scar works like a sponge and will pull some of the dirty water into the tomato while it’s soaking. Don’t use soap. What is recommended to use is a solution of four parts water to one part vinegar. This “vegetable wash” can be used on most of your produce to kill the majority of the bacteria on the skin and greatly extend storage time of the fresh tomato on your counter or in the fridge. We do not refrigerate fresh tomatoes because it changes their flavor. Most store bought tomatoes have no flavor, so it doesn’t matter. 

Freezing Tomatoes, the First Cut 

I quarter each tomato by cutting it once along the core line, cutting out the stem scar area, then cutting across the diameter of the tomato instead of lengthwise. This exposes all of the chambers where the seedy-goop is hiding, making it easy to remove.  

Freezing Tomatoes, the second cut 

This stuff does not freeze well and adds little to the nutritional value. The “meat” of the tomato is what you’re after. If you want to be especially frugal, clean the tomatoes over a colander sitting in a bowl. This will strain out the seeds and let the juice through to the bowl. You can put the juice in a jar and refrigerate it for use in cooking or making energy drinks. Dispose of the seeds carefully… if you compost them you’ll have bazillions of baby tomato plants popping up in your compost in no time.  

HINT:If you’re a seed-saver, spread the seeds on paper towels to dry, roll up the paper towels and store them in an air tight canister in a cool place for next year. To plant, just tear the paper towels into chunks with two or three seeds stuck to each and plant them in starter pots – paper and all. When they come up, thin them by removing the weaker seedlings. 

Do not *wash* the seeds out of the chambers, you want the tomato to be as dry as you can get it before freezing so excess ice does not form on its surface. 

Freezing tomatoes, almost vacuum packed and ready for the freezer

Lay the wedges skin down on a cookie sheet and slide it in the freezer for a couple of hours. Once they are frozen firmly, transfer them quickly to a zip-lock freezer bag, remove as much air as possible (one of those vacuum food preservation systems would be nice) and set the bag in your deep freeze for long term storage. 

Done this way, the tomatoes don't freeze into one solid clump; you can open the bag and take out what you need as you need it. You may have to smack it around a little after extended time in the freezer, but the tomato wedges will break apart. If you tossed them into a bag as you cut them, then into the freezer they will freeze together requiring you to thaw the whole bag to use any of it. 

When freezing tomatoes in a “wet” form (chopped or pureed) bag them in sizes appropriate to your typical use. If you will be using a gallon of tomatoes each time you make soup, stew or casseroles, then by all means use the gallon bags. If smaller portions are more appropriate, use quart or pint bags to reduce storage hassles and waste after thawing. 

Alternatives

In addition to freezing tomatoes by themselves, you can prepare them in your favorite sauces, or casserole starter, and freeze that. Then all you have to do is pull out a bag, defrost, add macaroni and hamburger and you have a delicious, homemade casserole. Spaghetti and a bag of your own made from scratch sauce, a quick side salad and viola, a dinner fit for a king (or queen) in no time. 

Coming Up Next

Next time I’ll continue the exploration of preserving your tomato harvest by looking at drying them. I have a batch in the dehydrator right now, and it smells like an Italian bakery in here.   Wonderful!  We’ll also look at what you can do with dried tomatoes and explore several ways to dry them. Please come back again. 

Toro Offers Five New Garden Drip Kits for 2011

Tractor iconBLOOMINGTON, MINNESOTA — With Toro Blue Stripe Drip Irrigation systems, homeowners now have an easier way to make watering more efficient – all while saving time and money. Toro Blue Stripe Drip Irrigation systems are now available in kits specifically designed for containers, flower beds, vegetable and herb gardens, tomatoes and roses.

Drip irrigation is the process of delivering water in a slow, steady and precise manner to the soil. Emitters, or devices that deliver the water, are placed near the plant base so water can be delivered directly to the roots of plants. Experts say that drip irrigation is more than 90% efficient because of this delivery method. There is less evaporation because the water is delivered exactly where it’s needed. Micro-sprayers work in a similar way, using miniature sprayers to deliver water to individual plants or small garden areas. Both emitters and micro-sprayers keep the soil evenly moist, reducing stress on plants and promoting a healthy, beautiful landscape.

All Toro Hose End Drip Kits easily install directly onto an outdoor faucet or hose end. Each kit features drip components and tubing perfectly suited for the specific plant type or application, as well as easy to follow 3-step installation instructions with illustrations. Each kit’s unique features include:

• Toro Hose End Drip Kit for Containers - waters six average-sized containers, and adjustable emitters enable flexibility to suit various sized containers or increased water flow as plants grow.
• Toro Hose End Drip Kit for Flower Beds - waters flower beds of up to 30-square-feet, and adjustable emitters gently water to keep small plants and flower petals clean and vibrant.
• Toro Hose End Drip Kit for Vegetable and Herb Gardens - waters up to 24-square-feet of garden space, and tubing with pre-installed emitters make installation quick and easy.
• Toro Hose End Drip Kit for Tomatoes - waters up to three average-sized plants, and tubing with pre-installed emitters loops around the plant base and eliminates potential damage due to overspray.
• Toro Hose End Drip Kit for Roses - designed to water new or mature rose bushes and includes adjustable micro bubbler emitters for slow, deep watering and increased flow as roses grow.

Look for Toro Hose End Drip Kits online at ShopToro.com.

For more information on Toro Blue Stripe Irrigation or other Toro products, consumers can contact Toro at 1-800-348-2424 or visit www.toro.com. You can also visit www.torodesign.com for an interactive tutorial on designing and installing a home irrigation system.


This press release is presented without editing for your information. GRIT does not recommend, approve or endorse the products and/or services offered. You should use your own judgment and evaluate products and services carefully before deciding to purchase.  

Memorial Day 2011 in Tuscumbia, Alabama

A photo of MaryTo many Memorial Day weekend is part of a long three day weekend marking the start of summer.  It’s a time for going to the river, lake or beach.  Hope you stopped for a moment to reflect on the sacrifices of those who died for you right to have fun today, ship our jobs overseas or over the border, or protest burn the flag they died for.  And one right which I’m totally appalled at is that you have is to protest at their funerals and disturb the privacy of their grieving families.

Saturday, since the house was half way still clean from my high school reunion visit and the daylilies, oriental lilies and Japanese iris were all in bloom, I scheduled an open garden brunch.  Here lately, everything I’ve done has been like a rerun of I Love Lucy.  I can’t decide which episode, the one where Lucy tries to ship herself to Europe in the trunk and locked herself in, or Lucy and Ethel wall paper hangers, or Lucy and Ethel candy makers.  Remember what Lucy had to sing to her old teacher in order to get her birth certificate?  Anyway, we had straight line winds Wednesday that did a lot of damage to the area. I was out of power for over 12 hours and broke a toe in the middle of the night walking to the bathroom. Something I’ve done in the dark for years.  I had to work late three days, so I didn’t get a lot of work done. Friday night I had the riding mower out mowing the front yard until dark.  I chewed the belt up on the finishing mower the Saturday before and had to order one, so the lower forty looked shaggy. The making of the bourbon balls was definitely Lucy and Ethel candy makers, a story which 

Everyone had a good time and those who were strangers were friends by the end of the visit.  Those out on the screen porch were treated to numerous visits by hungry ruby throat hummingbirds.  We could have done without the cicadas though.  The hooligans have been eating them like chickens after bugs in the garden.  Blackie has been jumping up on the trees grabbing as many as she can get until she could hardly move. 

Monday I went to the Memorial Day program at the Colbert County Courthouse in Tuscumbia, AL conducted by The American Legion Post # 31. The main road leading into town had flags flying and a large number of homes had flags or decorations to honor those fallen. Today’s pictures are from that program. I’ve also included pictures of some of those who have served our country.  Some of the guys I know their names, but have chosen to let them represent all of those who have served our country.  More pictures may be found on my Wordpress blog.  A memorial was dedicated to the Purple Heart recipients at the end of the program and a wreath placed at the flag pole.   

fly over 

21 gun salute 

Memorial Day speeches 

house in town decorated for Memorial Day 

WWI  

soldier 2 

service man 1 

soldier3  

soldier4 

wreath laying 

soldier5 

Purpleheart memorial 

soldier7 

soldier 6 

soldier10 

soldier9 

soldier8 

soldier11 

WWII 

Vietnam 

Square Foot Gardening: Step 3, Pickin' and Gridding

A photo of Allan DouglasIn this installment of the on-going series of adventures in Square Foot Gardening, we will discuss what plants to plant, how to plant them and how to divide up the planting boxes to plant according to Mel Bartholomew’s method. 

What to Plant 

Instead of browsing the seed catalogs and picking out things that look interesting, I suggest you start deciding what to grow by consulting your grocery store receipts.  What fresh or frozen produce do you buy regularly?  Which are the most expensive?  Use this information to pick your Top Ten or core crops list.  Add to that when we get to the companion planting step. 

How Much Space? 

Each 4 foot x 4 foot planting box is divided into 16 not-quite one foot squares.  In each square you will plant one type of vegetable or herb, how many go into each square depends on the size of the plant. 

Large plants like tomato, peppers, cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, and squash will take up at least one full square.  Medium-large plants like leaf lettuce will plant 4 to a square, medium plants like spinach and onions will plant 9 to a square, and small plants like carrots and radishes will plant 16 to a square. 

Trellising 

Some plants, like squash, will vine all over the place if left to do what they want.  But they can be “trained” onto a trellis so they grow vertically instead of horizontally, then each plant needs only one square.  Tomatoes too can be pruned to bush out or vine up onto a trellis. 

When using a trellis, make sure you set it up on the back side of the box (farthest from the sunshine) so the trellis does not shade the rest of the plants in the box.  I’ll talk more about building the trellis’s later, for now, just decide which ones will be trained up a trellis and where they will need to go. 

Companion Planting 

Some plants offer extra advantage to other plants when they are grown in close proximity to one another; some offer beneficial nutrient exchange, some repel pests that the other are susceptible to.  A great companion planting chart is available from Golden Harvest Organics.  Or if you are using the excellent Grit Garden Planner , information on companion planning is included for each vegetable and flower in the Info windows. Use this information to buddy up your crops. 

Arrange by Height 

As with the trellis, low-to-the-ground crops need to be in front of taller crops so all get their fair share of sunshine. 

Armed with all this information - and how many boxes you have, you can decide how many crops you can grow, and how much of each. 

Remember too that you can re-use squares two or more times each season.  You might put 16 radishes in one square early in the spring.  They mature quickly, when you harvest them, plant carrots.  When those are ready for harvest, plant spinach for a fall crop.  In this way one square can produce multiple foods. 

 Stringing the Box 

The Square Foot Gardening book shows the boxes divided up with strips of thin wood making the grid.  This looks nice, but takes up more room and seems like they will get in the way when I have to add more soil components and mix them in next spring.  So I used nylon string.  This string should not rot way too quickly - it should last one season anyway - and replacing it next year will be simple and cheap. 

If you made marks on the box sides as you built it, your nail locations are already set.  If not, locate the center of each side and drive a 1¼” exterior grade box nail (large head) so that about 1/4” remains sticking up above the rail.  Now divide the space between these center nails and the side rail in half and drive in nails at each location.  You should end up with three nails in each side, equally spaced.  One last nail goes in a corner - be careful not to hit the nails or screws holding the corner together. 

Now find the nail that is diagonally across from the corner nail and tie your string to that nail securely (green X in the drawing).  Then run the string directly across the box to the nail opposite the starting point.  Pull the string taut and wrap it around the nail a couple of times to help keep it taut.  Then hop over to the nail next to where you wrapped the string, go around that nail and back across the box. 

Wrap your string around that nail, hop over to the third nail on that side, round it and back across the box. 

Now, use the corner nail to get you around the corner and to the first nail in the adjacent side, wrap the string around the nail and shoot across the box.  Use the same shoot across, hop down shoot across pattern to run the strings at 90° to the first set and complete your grid. 

 

Box after stringing 

 

When you get to the last nail - which will be just around the corner from where you started, tie the string to the nail securely and cut the string loose from your spool.  It should now look like this. 

Setting Out Your Plants 

I highly recommend making a planting guide for each of your boxes.  In the appendices of the All New Square Foot Gardening book is a handy grid that can be photocopied and used for this purpose.  If you don’t have the book, just draw one out on paper for each box.  Label each page with the box number and which side of the box faces north (or your house or the creek or whatever you use as a landmark) then pencil in each crop name and the number to be planted in the square. 

 Setting in the seedlings 

If you have been sprouting seeds indoors as I have, set your seedlings into the soil.  If starting from seed, plant the seeds according to the planting charts and put a check mark or date in the square so you know the seed is in.  You may want to stagger plantings.  Planting a square of radishes each week (or two) will mean you will have 16 fresh radishes coming out each week (or two) all through the season instead of having 80 radishes coming out all at once.  Same with lettuce.  Neither crop can be preserved, both are used fresh.  Most other vegetables can be canned or frozen. 

 Labeling the square as having been planted, with what and when, helps you to avoid accidentally planting something else there, as well as knowing if something happened to your seed.  If germination should take 7-10 days, it’s been two weeks and there is no sign of sprouts, something may have happened to your seed and you may as well plant something else there. 

Reserve squares (or plant quick crops like radishes) for the plants that have to wait for warmer weather. 

Laing in straw between the boxes 

If your boxes are going into a former garden area, like mine, you will want to lay in some straw, stone or pavers around the boxes to help keep you out of the mud when working the garden after a rain.  If you plunked the boxes down on top of a lawn, this should not be a problem (you DID leave enough room between boxes to mow didn’t you?). 

That’s It

Except for trellis’s, which I will cover next time, that is about all there is to setting-up a Square Foot Garden.  Mr. Bartholomew’s book goes into great detail about the details of planting and the appendices offer charts, and tables that are chock full of info.  I will drop a progress report in here now and again just to let you know how it’s going and to discuss what worked and what didn’t, but this is almost the end of the how-to part for this series. 

I will mention that not all of the vegetables I’m planting are going into the boxes.  I have potatoes, corn, cucumbers, bush beans, watermelon, and added tomatoes, peppers, and squash that will go into the ground. 

I am looking forward to a bountiful harvest as the season progresses, and I wish you the same. 

Thanks for dropping in, feel free to toss your 3 cents worth in below.  But first, here’s a demo of the Grit Garden Planner and the way it can be used for Square Foot gardening as well as traditional gardening.  I’ve found it to be a great help in so many ways. 

Square Foot Gardening: http://www.youtube.com/growveg#p/f/8/dzrNbcW5xZ0  

  

Grower’s Secret Introduces Breakthrough Bio-Stimulant for Healthy Plant Growth

Tractor icon HONOLULU, HAWAII — Grower’s Secret, a Hawaii-based company specializing in organic fertilizers and microbial metabolites for farming and gardening, announces the introduction of Grow Big 521. This powerful breakthrough in plant and crop growth aids is eco‐friendly, organic, and super nutritional. Eleven years of research in Hawaii uncovered a fungal fermentation process that dramatically increases a plant’s ability to absorb nutrients. The result of this scientific discovery is a bio‐stimulant that, when extracted and combined with Grower’s Secret’s organic fish emulsion fertilizer, yields a highly effective super food for plants. Grower’s Secret™ Grow Big 521 is now available outside Hawaii, for every farm and garden in the U.S.

“What makes Grow Big 521 different and more powerful than other organic fertilizers is the inclusion of the bio‐stimulant Grower’s Secret Pro,” said Chaz Berman, CEO, Grower’s Secret™. “This amazing formula has achieved the respect of commercial farmers and gardeners all across Hawaii. Discovered and developed by scientists and extensively tested on farms, Grower’s Secret Pro is patented, OMRI listed and will make vegetables and plants of all kinds grow faster and healthier. Plus, Grow Big 521 is the only lavender‐scented fish emulsion product that is ready to spray on the lawn, in the garden, or on house plants.”

“The Grower’s Secret Pro formula is made using an edible mushroom to metabolize organic matter. The result, which takes eighteen months to reach maturity, is a formula that stimulates cells at the molecular level, entices a plant to speed up its metabolism, and allows it to accept more nutrients and water,” said Dr. Wesley Chun, Chief Science Officer, Grower’s Secret™. “This promotes increased plant growth, increased resistance to pests and disease, reduced crop cycles, and increased shelf life of fruits and vegetables.”

Grow Big 521 also:

  • nurtures the soil and strengthens roots
  • contains no pesticides or petrochemicals 
  • is safe for pets, people and the environment 
  • provides a rich source of nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, trace minerals, macronutrients,
    and micronutrients 
  • contains a lavender scent that is pleasant, making Grower’s Secret 521 easy‐to‐use 
  • sprays on, no measuring or mixing required 
  • requires no additional fertilizer 
  • can be applied as a foliar spray or soil drench, while watering 
  • comes in eco‐packaging made from 100% post-consumer recycled plastic

“Grow Big 521 is an exciting new development for the environment and people who want to go green,” said Chris Churchill, Senior Vice President of Product Development, Grower’s Secret™. “Our containers are made from 100‐percent post‐consumer plastic, the first of their kind. This completes the loop between consumer recycling into the blue bin and products on the shelf made with this type of plastic.”

Scientists at Growers Secret™ have pioneered a way to refine the organic fertilizer so that it can be delivered though a hose‐end sprayer. This requires Grower’s Secret™ to make custom plastic and mill the substance to a fine solution that will easily pass through any hose‐end sprayer, irrigation, or hydroponics system. In the past, organic gardeners had to mix in water and fertilizer, which was messy and time‐consuming. Now with Grow Big 521, there’s no mixing and no mess.

“Our products are convenient, ready to use and will allow vegetables and plants to reach their fullest potential,” said Churchill.

Grower’s Secret products are available at www.growerssecret.com, as well as retail stores in the state of Hawaii through either Pacific Agricultural Sales (808)682-5113) or BEI Hawaii (808‐933‐7800) distributors. Dealer inquiries should be emailed to sales@growerssecret.com or contact a sales representative directly at (888)217-9426, ext. 201.  


This press release is presented without editing for your information. GRIT does not recommend, approve or endorse the products and/or services offered. You should use your own judgment and evaluate products and services carefully before deciding to purchase.  

New Roses for 2011

Tractor iconAnd the winners are… In 2007 it was Pope John Paul II, touted as the the best all time white Hybrid Tea rose. In 2008 it was April in Paris with strong fragrance, in 2009 it was Sweetness with unusual color and in 2010 it was Sedona’s warm glow. These award winning roses are recognized for their beauty, uniqueness, strong fragrance, and disease resistance. New rose introductions are successful when they bring improvement. So… what is new and improved for 2011?

Always and Forever Rose  

2011 Rose of the Year: Always and Forever Enduring beauty from classically formed, perfectly sculpted blooms.

Crescendo Rose  

Named in Honor of the Nashville Symphony: Crescendo
Memorable fragrance from a single bloom that is strong enough to fill a room.

Walking on Sunshine Rose  

2011 AARS Winner: Walking on Sunshine Efflorescent giant yellow blooms with amazing disease resistance.

Garden enthusiasts are buzzing about these roses proclaiming them to be the hottest new introductions. Grow these roses and you will see for yourself why they are this seasons must-haves. For expert advice on how to grow your own award-winning roses visit http://www.jacksonandperkins.com, the only place to buy these exciting roses.


This press release is presented without editing for your information. GRIT does not recommend, approve or endorse the products and/or services offered. You should use your own judgment and evaluate products and services carefully before deciding to purchase.  

Square Foot Gardening Project: Step 2, Making Dirt

A photo of Allan DouglasIn this, the second installment of this series, we will make the “dirt” or Mel’s Mix needed to fill the boxes we built last time.  Mel’s Mix, as stipulated by Mel Bartholomew, author of All New Square Foot Gardening is made up of equal parts peat moss, compost and coarse ground vermiculite.  The peat keeps the mix “loose” making it easy for plants to grow and develop roots, the compost enriches the mix; providing lots of nutrients for the plants, and the vermiculite holds water; making it available to the plant roots for a longer period than regular soil would.

A truck load of dirt makking suppliesThe first order of business in this dirt making project is to visit the local garden supply store.  No, that’s not true; the FIRST order of business is to locate a garden supply store that carries the commodities we will need, and preferably in the quantities specified in the book.  And this is where the problems started for me.

Problems

First off, call the local garden centers and ask if they carry the compressed peat, course ground vermiculite, and multiple brands of compost.  Compressed peat (according to Mel) should expand to twice its volume when removed from its bag.  Course ground vermiculite does a better job of storing water than medium or fine, and because this stuff is expensive, buying it in the big (4 cubic foot) bags will save money.  Compost is made by breaking down vegetable matter with aerobic bacteria.  If you have a large compost pile of your own, you may use that instead of buying compost.  But you want to be sure your compost is “done” before you use it.

Compost

I started making compost from leaves, lawn clippings, kitchen waste (vegetable and rinsed egg shells only - no animal waste) and fireplace ash last spring.  I learned quite a bit along the way.  There are three major concerns to watch as you make compost; 1) keep the pile moist, but not wet.  A little water helps the bacteria grow, too much turns the pile into s sodden, stinking mess. 2) Aerate the pile by turning the pile with a pitch fork or by using a tumbler; the bacteria you want to cultivate needs oxygen to live.  If oxygen is not available, the aerobic bacteria dies and anaerobic bacteria begin breeding.  Anaerobic bacteria will produce compost too, but they take much longer and smell like a garbage dump while they do their work.  And 3) allow the compost to “cook” until the material is a rich, crumbly, black matter.  The inside of a compost pile will reach 150° Fahrenheit, which is hot enough to kill weed seeds if kept at that temperature long enough.  Also, mixing compost that is not done composting into your garden soil can kill your plants because the bacteria that are “rotting” your compost will attack the roots of plants growing in it as well.  Once the process is completed, this is not a problem. 

Commercial compost is usually made from a single source for each brand of compost.  Brand A may use the cast-offs of a mushroom farm to make compost, Brand B may use the hay and manure from a dairy farm barn, Brand C may compost saw-dust from a mill.  All are fine, none are complete.  Mel recommends mixing a blend of at least five brands of commercial compost to get the best nutrient mix.

If you make your own compost, get a wide variety of materials to go into it.  Yard clippings, fall leaves, kitchen scraps, and expended plants from your garden (except nightshades: eggplant, peppers, potato, tomato) are all excellent fodder for your compost mill.  You can add horse or cow manure (but not dog or cat poo) for added richness.  If you know a woodworker, sawdust can be added too, but avoid black walnut if at all possible, black walnut trees produce the chemical juglone in their root systems that kill certain families of plants, and this chemical will be present in the wood produced from a black walnut tree as well.  Common garden vegetables that will not grow within 50 feet of a walnut tree, or in soil containing juglone are cabbage and other cole crops, peppers, tomatoes, eggplants, asparagus, rhubarb and potatoes.  For details, Read This.

Quantities

How many quarts are in a cubic foot?  I didn’t know, and neither did our “expert” at the gardening shop.  Likewise, if a commodity comes in a 35 pound bag, converting it to cubic feet is a matter of guesswork.  A little standardization in the production of soil additives would be a very handy thing but, alas, that is not the case.

I went in armed only with a shopping list based on the formula Mel gave.  For my 6 boxes I would need 2, 3.9 cubic foot bales of compressed peat, 4, 4 cubic foot bags of vermiculite, and 16 cubic feet of compost divided between at least five different manufacturers.

The peat came in 3 cubic foot bales, not 3.9 and it turned out that this brand did NOT double it’s volume when released from its binding.  The vermiculite was available only in 8 quart bags.  Compost was available in 1 cubic foot bags, but they had only one brand available.  As a result I came up short on peat and vermiculite, and the compost is all from a single brand for the first year.  I’ll add my home-brew compost to fill the boxes starting next year.  Last year’s batch got tilled into the garden soil last fall.  Had I known then that I would be doing this, I’d have kept it, but I didn’t.

Weed Barrier

Garden box lined with weed barrier and ready to fillAttaching a weed barrier cloth to the bottom of your boxes is highly recommended, especially if you are fortunate enough to be able to simply plunk your boxes down on top of your lawn and fill them with the soil mix.  I’m using this gardening method primarily to deal with the problem of a sloping garden plot, so I had to dig the boxes in to level them up as much as possible.  And, the spot where the boxes are going was a garden last year, so there is no “lawn” to deal with.  But I decided to install the fabric just the same.  Since the boxes are already dug in, I stapled it to the inside of the boxes rather than trying to pull them back up and attach it to the bottom.  A 100 foot roll of 4’ wide weed barrier cloth only cost about $12.00.  What I don’t use in the garden will go under Marie’s flower gardens as she landscapes around the house.

 

Doling and Mixing

Dirt making supplies divvied up into bedsOnce we gather our materials we set them into our boxes in the quantities needed.  Mel recommends using a large tarp to roll the Mel’s Mix around to combine it, but since I’m on this project by my lonesome, and because of our geographic features, I decided to mix up my Mel’s Mix right in the boxes.

Dirt components ready for blendingOpen the bags and pour out the contents.  Had the peat been what it was supposed to be, I would have used 1/2 a bale per box.  It wasn’t so I ended up using a full bale and ran short.

Our “expert” guestimated the 8 quart bags of vermiculite to be about 3/4 of a cubic foot.  They turned out to be no more than half a cubic foot, and somehow my in-my-head math turned out the result that to get 2½ cubic feet each for 6 boxes I would need 12 bags.  Wrong!  The calculator (which was lounging at home) says it should have been 21.  And the bags only contained a half a foot not three quarters, so I would have needed 30 bags at $6.00 a bag or $180 just for the vermiculite.  I think I’ll pinch-hit on this one and water a little more often.

 

The compost came in 1 cubic foot bags - even I can do that: 2½ bags per box, 6 boxes equals 15 bags.  Actually the formula requires 2.6 cubic feet of each item, so I’ll get an extra bag to divvy up, but to keep the math simple enough for my rotted brain to handle I was using 2.5 as my target number.  Compost is cheap: $1.40 a bag.

I used a flat-nosed spade to mix the mix.  I chose this tool because a regular garden spade, with its “pointy” end might snag the fabric and tear a hole.  I worked carefully and gently and it took a while but in the end the results were quite good.  Because of the shortage of peat the boxes are not quite full.  I’ll buy more and work it in during the coming week.

Mels mix after blending 

Next Up

The next step will be to make the grid and work out where I will plant what.  We will address that in the next episode.  Join us again next time, same plant time, same plant channel!

Square Foot Garden Project: Step 1

A photo of Allan DouglasLast year when I put the garden to bed for the winter I pulled out all the nightshades for burning, then tilled everything else under and covered the dirt with a blanket of the fall leaves and grass clippings.  Over the winter we added kitchen scraps and ash from the fireplace.  There was nothing scientific about this, just toss it all in there somewhere.

Changes in the Offing

I was going to need to make major changes to my little garden plot this year; there is too much slope and heavy rains wash away my top soil and re-arrange my crops.  They don’t like being shuffled about and some of them decided they’d rather just die than live an integrated life style.

My first thought was to build several retaining walls of landscape timbers and terrace the garden to level out the growing areas.  Even at the beginning this did not seem like a perfect solution: Some of the retaining walls could get to be around 3 feet tall.  Those would require tie-backs to keep the dirt from pushing the walls over.  If I curved the walls, it would help but making curved walls from straight timbers is a bit problematic itself.  Digging (or drilling) pits for concrete anchors and burying steel tie-rods between anchors and walls is a fair bit of work, and the rods will interfere with tilling.  Then there is the issue of water retention.  Someone who knows this stuff warned me against this plan because water would just drain out the bottom by the terrace walls.

So I began looking for a better solution.  I came across several mentions of Mel Bartholomew’s Square Foot Gardening method, and it seemed like a good alternative.  This system has been around since 1981 and still has many devotees.  This method uses raised boxes filled with a special “dirt” mixture and a grid-work planting lay-out instead of planting in rows.  I decided to give it a whirl.

Building the Boxes

 A couple of weeks ago I borrowed a monster 8 hp rear-tine tiller and worked the garden again.  I won’t use that soil right away, but it will come in handy later.

Then we went to Lowe’s and bought the lumber and deck screws.  I’m going to start with six 4’x4’ boxes, so I bought twelve 8 foot 2x6’s; untreated, and a box of 2½” deck screws.  Total cost $96.00.  I knew I would need 72 screws, but the boxes only give a weight, not the count of screws contained.  They had one pound boxes and 5 pound boxes.  I decided to play it safe and buy the 5 pound box.  I could have used cheaper screws - this box set me back $30, but I was afraid cheaper, interior use screws would rust out and the boxes would fall apart.

Marking board ends 

I started by cutting all the 2x6’s in half and marking a line 1½” in from one end of each.  This helps me center the screws in the adjoining 2x6.

Drilling shank holes 

Then I drill three shank holes for the screws in just that end of each board.  I used a drill press because I have one handy - and because it insures that the holes are straight and square to the board, but a hand drill would work too.

Assembling the Ls 


I found a spot where I could stand one 4 foot board upright and lay another on a work counter and get the corners to come together properly.  I could have laid them on the floor, by my old knees complain bitterly when I do a lot of up-and-down, up-and-down stuff, so I prefer to work in a standing position.

I used a QuickClamp to hold the edges of the boards even, and the soft rubber faces helped keep the boards from shifting in and out while I drove the screws with a power screwdriver/drill.  I used a small framing square to get it close to square, but wasn’t going to get to obsessive about that.  This is not furniture after all.

Making the box 

I built each box in two steps, by first making two ‘L’ shaped sub-assemblies, then flipped one over and set it atop the other and drove in the screws.  This seemed to work better than trying to attach each side one at a time and having to roll the assembly around… especially at the point where it would be ‘U’ shaped and the chances of cracking one of those loose legs is pretty high.

Marking for grids 

While I have easy access, I take the chance to mark the top edges of the box for the grid work that will divide up the planting box.  I will probably just use string as a means of visually dividing up the box for planting, some use wooden slats.  This grid will yield 16 cells per box, each almost 1 foot square - it actually works out to 11 3/4” if you divide up the interior dimension equally.  I taped the yardstick in place for the photo as I am working alone, to do the marking I just held it in place against the left vertical and marked the rail at each point.

Three boxes done three to go 

As I get them done, I carry the boxes out and set them on my loading dock and out of my way.  Three done, three to go.

Box of screws 

As it turned out, when all six boxes were done, I had more than half of the box of screws left.  Two one pound boxes probably would have been sufficient for 6 boxes.  Oh, well, I’ll probably be building more, I’ll use these up eventually.

Boxes dug in 

Then I spent about 3 hours scraping the composted, rich top soil back out of the area where I want to mount the boxes, and digging three of them in so they are level.

Good Dirt; Good Start

Our soil here is fractal red clay.  Red clay has two states of being: if it has rained recently it’s mucky and sticky; if not, it’s hard as concrete.  Neither state is ideal.  Being spring, it has rained - a lot - recently, so the clay under the garden soil was pretty sticky; gumming up my tools and my shoes, but at least I didn’t need a jackhammer!

The composted soil that I removed was nice, black, rich-looking soil and was just infested with earthworms.  It was very gratifying to see that my efforts to amend the red clay last year produced such good results.  I will use this composted soil in the Mel’s Mix that will go back into these boxes once I have them all in place.

This is all I can do for today, I’ll move more top soil and dig in the other three boxes during the evenings next week. 

In my next installment we’ll make up the Mel’s Mix and fill the boxes.  It should be safe to plant outdoors next week and I’ll transplant the seedlings that have already sprouted in an indoor mini-greenhouse.

Thanks for reading!

Comfort Me with Meatloaf: Last Summer's Herbs Warm Up Winter Dishes

A portrait of the author, Colleen Newquist.It’s a raw day in early March, temperatures hovering around freezing, tiny ice crystals bouncing around in the wind. What seemed like the last of the snow melted under yesterday’s sun and unseasonably warm 60 degrees. Today, we’re back to winter. The sky is flat gray, the bare forest and blanket of oak leaves a monochromatic brown. The squirrels blend into the landscape.

And here I am, thinking about gardening. Which here in Chicago, really won’t be feasible for at least another month. Or two—who am I kidding? But spring is in the air—it was 60 degrees! I sat on the porch in sunny bliss!—and the gardening magazines at the library were just begging to be checked out, urging me to at least think about planting…something.

Things haven’t changed. I still live in a wooded area, with precious little sunshine and deer who mow down every edible plant. Except I’ve discovered two important things: I do have a precious little spot of sunshine, on the south side of the house, and deer don’t like herbs. Last year I grew some rosemary, thyme, oregano, and sage in pots, and the deer steadfastly ignored them. This year, I want to build a raised bed and expand.

Oh, how I want to have a farm! But the real estate market being what it is, my job being too wonderful to walk away from right now, and my son still in college means I need to work with what I’ve got. And what I’ve got is not a farm, but it’s still pretty wonderful. So, we’ll see where this little bit of gardening goes, we’ll see how my garden grows.

In the meantime, we've been enjoying last summer's herbs all winter, using rosemary in mushroom risotto, thyme in the corned beef that's simmering on the stove right now, and sage in one of my most comforting cold-weather recipes, Lulu's Meatloaf (in case you're wondering who Lulu is, that's me—childhood nickname my parents gave me). I created this recipe by borrowing ideas from several others:

Lulu's Meatloaf 

Ingredients
1 ½ to 2 pounds ground chuck
½ cup or so minced onion
2 eggs
½ cup milk (add a little more if needed)
1 cup cracker crumbs (I use Triscuits when I’ve got them; I like the heartiness of the whole wheat)
¼ cup fresh parsley, chopped
2 teaspoons fresh (or frozen!) sage, minced, or 1 teaspoon dried sage
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce (I LOVE Worcestershire sauce; it's great to splash on cooked meatloaf)
Fresh ground pepper and salt to taste (if I’m using a really salty cracker, I don’t add extra salt)
½ cup or so chicken broth (if store-bought, I prefer Swanson's Natural Goodness)

  • In a mixing bowl, combine eggs and milk; stir in cracker crumbs, onion, parsley, sage, and Worcestershire sauce
  • Add beef, mix well with hands
  • Shape into a loaf in the center of a shallow baking pan
  • When ready to cook, preheat oven to 350 degrees
  • Add ½ cup or so chicken broth to bottom of pan
  • Bake at 350 degrees for about an hour, until internal temperature is 160 degrees, basting every 10-15 minute

 Note: You can make the raw loaf ahead of time and refrigerate overnight, if preferred.

Hooligans, Squirrels and a Cheshire Cat

A photo of Mary Want to know how important you are to your dogs?

Just come home from a long day at work and arrive just a few minutes after your Mom has given each a big ole ham bone.

You’ll come down to earth very quickly. No tail wagging, not a glance at you, no nothing. 

Noah 

One of my neighbors has a large black and white cat named Noah. Noah is not saintly by any means. His daily routine consists of walking in front of the house in the field across the road looking for my three hooligans. If they are in the front yard, he walks back and forth, rolls, get ups and walks back and forth again and rolls again just teasing the dogs. The hooligans in the mean time are having a hissy fit barking at him.  If they are in the lower forty, he goes down the dry creek and sits on the bank just on the other side of the underground fence. Somehow he knows that the dogs can’t get him and he just sits there grinning at the dogs like a Cheshire cat.  Occasionally the collar batteries are weak and he lands up in the top of a tree. 

 Another critter which likes to play with the hooligans is a squirrel.  It likes to run around in the front yard and if the hooligans spy it, will run up a wild cherry tree just on the other side of the wireless fence, and hop from there to the trees along the creek. I had to replace a section of the fence and moved it back about 15 feet to avoid cancelling out of the signal to the collars by the old wire. Since I moved it, the hooligans can get to the cherry tree and have damaged a nearby native azalea in the chases.  It now has a hooligan cage (as I call my tomato cages) protecting it.  I hope I can free up some for my tomato plants this spring. I’m not sure what the squirrel is after, but I’m missing some of my flower bulbs.   The other day the hooligans had it treed in one of the birch trees in the front yard.  It was as high as it could go and hanging on for dear life.  Patches tried to figure out a way to climb up the tree and did manage to get off the ground a little. Come dark it tried to come down, but was chased back up to the top. 

  Taking the picture you see of me above was an adventure with the three hooligans. A photographer friend who was to take it had the flu, and Mom was elected and had never used my camera before. I set it on landscape and was going to sit on my John Deere and have her take the picture.  The first thing that happened was Levi jumping up in the seat with me and laying in my lap.  Then Blackie and Patches decided they wanted to drag him down off of the tractor. At some point he decided to push me out of the seat trying to get higher and away from the girls. I should have put the camera on the sports section as most of the pictures turned out fuzzy.

 Weather here has been nice with temperatures in the 60s and 70s.  Thursday night severe storms brought the daffodils, peach & plum trees out in bloom. I’ve been out in the yard moving daylilies, weeding and mulching. The hooligans have been covered with what looked like pine tar.  It took a while to figure out what they had gotten into.  I purchased sawdust from a local lumber yard for mulching and one of the loads was fairly fresh.  The hooligans are full of pine tar from playing king of the hill on the saw dust pile.  They chase around and drag each other off of the pile and apparently have ground the sap from the sawdust into their fur.   

 Levi’s photo has been accepted in BISSELL'S MVP Photo Contest gallery!  His picture is now available for the whole world to enjoy, and will be entered into Voting Period. 8, Voting starts Wednesday March 2.  Please consider voting for my camera ham.  A rescue of my choice will get $10,000. 

 To vote for Levi:

BISSELL'S MVP Photo 

Compost 101

Garden plot, after.

I know going into winter the last thing you may be thinking about is compost, however, as you begin ordering seeds for the next season if you don't already compost you should consider doing so. You can create beautiful, rich soil right in your own backyard with little effort. Anyone can start a compost pile, regardless of the size of your property. I love the fact that I can recycle our table scraps, although the chickens get the first pick.

Garden plot, before.

When we first purchased our 146 year old farmhouse it was in the month of June. The growing season was already well underway. I walked out to the plot the previous owner had obviously used for a garden. All I could smell was chicken poop. He also had chickens and I believe he simply added the manure to the dirt. My mom helped me with a few plantings, but not surprisingly they didn't do well at all.

By year two the dirt and manure had matured. I tilled it to improve the quality. Year three I added above ground planting boxes and purchased compost from a local farm to fill them. This was much better. I also decided to add my own compost bins enabling me to continue to top layer my beds.

Garden plot, with purchased compost ready to go into raised beds.

While shopping at a local home improvement store we came across a great sale on their plastic compost bins and purchased two at my husband's urging (probably so he could cross an item off his "honey do" list without technically making it – a win-win for both of us).

I started out thinking that I would follow the layer system for compost. I quickly forgot about the layer system in the busy-ness of everyday life and just kept adding whatever I had on hand to the piles. Here's what I can tell you from my first year of compost: it will break down eventually, however it will break down much quicker if you layer properly. I had to wait just over a year to use that first year's beautiful soil and I still had to pick out items that hadn't yet composted.

First, you'll want to decide on a compost bin. Will it be an open or a closed-bin system? With a closed-bin (the system we have) you can keep the rodents out, however, if you layer properly this shouldn't be a large problem. I arrived home one day to see my neighbors enormous dog rooting around mine, attempting to get in. After shooing him away I decided that I need to add my brown layer immediately after adding any table scraps. Once I started doing that he never visited me, at least for that purpose, again.

Next, will you build it or buy it? If you find a great sale, as we did, it's worth the purchase. Otherwise, there are a number of materials you can use to build one – fencing, wood, bales of straw, etc. You could even use trash cans after punching holes in the sides and bottom for aeration and worms. Just remember to steer clear of pressure treated, especially the older pressure treated wood, so you aren't adding chemicals to your soil.

We decided on 2 bins, although many people go with 3. I add to one bin, layering and turning, and when that bin is fairly full I begin adding to the second. Also, if I have a surplus of one layer (green or brown) I can put it in the second bin so it doesn't go to waste. Once you've got your layering system down you'll turn from time-to-time, add a little water, a little soil here and there and before you know it you'll have wonderful, rich soil.

There are 2 types of layers: "green" and "brown".

  • The "green" layer consists of things such as: coffee grounds, tea leaves, fruit and vegetable waste, seaweed, recent "live" things such as weeds, green leaves, grass, flowers and plants. Careful not to add diseased plants. I found it necessary to purchase a countertop compost bucket (photo below). You can make one out of just about anything or purchase one with a filter to keep it from smelling up the kitchen. I empty mine every 3 to 5 days. Additionally, if I have food waste and my compost bins are full I keep a gallon size freezer bag in the freezer to add to. Once I'm ready to add "greens" again I just dump them in. Freezing is also beneficial at starting the process of breaking the items down. It's kind of like a head start.

Crock for composting kitchen scraps

  • The "brown" layer consists of things such as: straw, hay, shredded paper, wood chips, sawdust, wood ash, fall leaves and any dry or dead plant materials. This layer helps give the compost pile aeration, speeding up the decomposition. I add the wood chips from the chicken coop which have the manure mixed in for an activator. Bone meal can be used for activation if manure is not available to you.

Try to cut all materials down prior to adding. This will help speed up the process. I cut food waste up, crush my egg shells, etc.

Troubleshooting: If your compost pile is smelly or has been over watered, add browns for aeration. If it's not heating up at all it may be too dry. If you have materials that just won't break down you may need to add water and/or nitrogen-rich materials.

With a little trial and error you'll have beautiful soil to use in your beds. Happy composting!

Learning the Fine Art of Gardening (Again)

A photo of Oz GirlThe subtitle for this post should be: What We WON'T Do in Next Year's Garden.

We decided our first-year garden would be small.  Small space still equals big work.  My husband and I have both gardened in our past lives, but it's been so long ago ... we realized our little garden would be a re-learning experience. The ultimate goal is to enlarge our garden each season so that eventually it will be a garden befitting the 27 acres it sits upon.  Who knows, maybe there are farm markets and CSAs in our future!

I digress with my hopes and dreams, so back to our small garden and our first year results.

Our plot measured only 15 by 16 feet.  We planted corn, cucumbers, green beans, radishes, and several varieties of tomatoes and peppers.  A few renegade marigold plants rounded out the small plot.  We were looking forward to a summertime of grilling and eating our own sweet corn on the cob ... canning every conceivable pickle flavor a person could think of ... fresh green bean salad and extra beans for preserving ... spicy radishes in our salads ... and tomatoes and peppers for our own fresh-from-the-garden spaghetti sauce and salsa.

Our small garden in June

Some of our dreams came true, while others did not.

Sweet corn
Score: Humans - 0, Weather - Home run
The temps in Kansas this summer were scorching.  Despite our best efforts and watering the garden every single morning, the corn just didn't make it.
Our didn't-quite-make-it corn

Cucumbers
A definite home run for us.  We've had cucumbers coming out our ears!  I have canned bread 'n butter pickles, dill pickles, refrigerator dills, Christmas Red Pickles, and sweet relish.  We haven't bought a grocery store cucumber since May. And there are still more cukes coming.
Preserved Cucumbers

Green Beans
Nope.  Didn't make it.  I think the zombie bunnies got 'em at night.  We would see small new beans sprouting, but then in a few days, they would disappear.
Baby Green Bean

Radishes
Lots of radishes.  So many to harvest all at once, I had to take some to work and give to fellow employees.  After all, you can't preserve radishes for future use!

Pepper Plants
Jalapeño, sweet and bell peppers.  Sadly, they are being crowded out by our tomato plants.  Last year I had several pepper plants in pots (serrano and chile) and they did marvelous.  I'm still using some of the frozen peppers from last year's harvest.  This year I have harvested only one jalapeño.

Tomato Plants
Roma, Big Beef and Jetsetter varieties.  They have grown into massive plants and I have staked them every which way, with string running from stake to stake, trying to hold them all up.  I have harvested several small batches and made spaghetti sauce, but we haven't had one large harvest wherein I could preserve tomatoes for future use.  Yet.  There are a lot of green ones out there and I'm hoping they ripen simultaneously.
Tomatoes - ready to harvest soon

Renegade Marigolds
Grew into small bushes.  Huge. Will definitely plant more flower varieties in garden next year.
Bush marigolds

Here are the lessons we have learned and will apply to next year's garden.

1. Give the cukes their own space. They tend to invade anything within 2 feet.  We will plant them separately from everything else in our garden next year.  We will have a separate cucumber garden, with regular cucumber varieties and pickling cukes.

2. Do not fudge on spacing. We wanted to plant so many different things in our small space, we fudged on plant spacing – if it said plant 2 feet apart, we planted 1.5 feet apart.  Don't do it.  If anything, plant further apart than the seed or plant instructions indicate.  Give every single plant adequate space to flourish.

3. Be sure to thin out plants when seedlings are tall enough.  We thinned everything, but again, we fudged.  It is one of the hardest things in the world to pick healthy plants and toss them so the remaining plants have room to grow.  But you MUST do it.  It's imperative so the remaining plants are healthy and the resulting veggies are large enough to eat.

4. Be sure to use tomato cages to help contain your tomato plants.  We neglected to do this, and our tomato plants are all over the garden.  I've been weeding the perimeters of the tomatoes and staking and stringing haphazardly to keep the fruit off the ground.  Also, nip back the side growth to help the plants grow tall in the beginning, then once they've reached the desired height, start nipping them from the top to encourage them to bush out. (I received the nip tip from my son the other day – he's reading The Backyard Homestead.)

5. Fence the garden. Protect it from the bunnies and other wildlife.  We were going to do this, but somehow just didn't find the time.

6. During the winter, I need to read and research plant diseases and insects more thoroughly.  I'm pretty sure these are nematodes on the roots of my tomato plants (see photo), but that's about all I know.  Why they appear, how they affect your plants (or do they affect the plants? I'm still harvesting tomatoes!) and how you prevent them are unknown to me.

Root Nematodes?

Fall Garden Plans

Since our temps have finally cooled down from the 100s to the 70s and 80s, I'll be cleaning up the garden over the next week.  I hope to plant our fall garden by the middle of next week – lettuce, radishes, and pickling cucumbers.  (I'm determined to preserve even more cucumbers before winter is here.)  I'm going to fortify the soil before I plant the fall garden, and I'm also going to use Sea Magic Organic Growth Activator.  I've read rave customer reviews about this product on Burpee's website.

We also need to determine where the strawberry beds will be and get that area ready for next spring by killing the grass and turning the dirt.  Decision needs to be made – raised bed, or not?

2011 Garden Plans

We'll be planting a strawberry bed in addition to our veggie garden.  We're also going to get serious about building a few good compost piles.  We started a pile last year, using horse manure, but neglected to turn it or add other organic matter to the pile.  Just horse manure alone a good compost pile does not make!

Lavender beds are a must in my 2011 plans, as I would love to dry my own lavender and make my own potpourri and sachets for gift-giving.  If there's enough lavender, I will sell the extra locally or on LocalHarvest.org.

Final garden summary: It's been a great re-learning experience for both of us. I think it's safe to say we're looking forward to Gardening 2011 - both the expansion and our renewed efforts to grow a bigger and better harvest!

Sweet Potato Greens Recipe

A-photo-of-Chuck-MalloryBeing the youngest boy of the youngest boy, my Mallory grandparents were quite old when I was born. I barely remember them, but years later talked with Aunt Mildred, "Aunt" Georgia Ruth, and others in the circle of elderly ladies who knew my grandparents. Like all rural women of that era, my grandma Della cooked practically all day. More than one person told me that Grandma could peel an apple faster and thinner than any woman in the county, and not only that, the peel was always one unbroken piece. I wish I had written down more of what I heard, because I know the family cooked all types of greens. One of them was "Sweet Potato Greens."

dadsfamily
My Mallory grandparents Dave and Della with their kids:
a hardworking farm family in the midst of the Great Depression.
My dad is the littlest, the boy on the left in the front row.

For city folk, sweet potato greens can be found at the better farmers' markets and for country folk, they are right in your garden! Yes, these are the same sweet potatoes you've planted to dig up and eat later. The tender leaves are edible, and in fact, are widely eaten in Asia, Africa, and many other places in the world. They are a favorite dish in Liberia. In the Philippines, they are fondly referred to as "Camote Tops" because the word camote is Tagalog for sweet potato.

They are not bitter, like turnip greens or mustard greens can be, and have a slight sweetness. If you've ever eaten purslane you will see a similarity. Some suggest eating sweet potato greens raw, but I find they are too sharp that way. In fact, in my recipe I include a procedure to make the greens even milder. The nutritional content is similar to spinach.

spgreens

Country-Style Sweet Potato Greens

  • 1/4 cup vegetable or olive oil
  • 1 quart, approximately, boiling water plus cold water (for blanching)
  • 1 clove garlic, minced
  • 1/2 onion, diced
  • 1/2 teaspoon chili powder
  • 1/4 pound sweet potato greens, thoroughly rinsed, stems removed

Rinse sweet potato greens and remove stems. Place in a strainer in the sink. Boil water and pour over greens in strainer. Let cool for 2 minutes, then pour on cool water. While that is draining, heat a heavy skillet over medium heat. Add oil. When warm, add garlic, onion and chili powder. Saute for about 3-5 minutes, till golden brown. Pat greens with paper towels to eliminate excess water. Add greens to skillet, toss all well, and allow to cook for 3-5 minutes. Greens will wilt and soften like spinach. Serve immediately.

This recipe was adapted from one sent by Terra Brockman, of Henry's Farms, a multi-generational small-scale farm using sustainable and environmentally-friendly practices. It's truly a family farm. She is also the author of The Seasons on Henry's Farm, a book I highly recommend (I read it twice!) and which is nominated for a 2010 James Beard award. I get most of my farmer's market veggies from them in Evanston, IL every Saturday in summer and fall.

Don't go wild and decide you can eat all leaves from edible plants. Some, like rhubarb leaves, are poisonous! If you get sweet potato greens from your garden, you can start harvesting the leaves about a month after you've planted them. However, don't take more than half the leaves from any particular plant, and though you can take part of the stem, don't eat the stem; discard it. Only the leaves have a good taste. It can be harvested more than once, though some old-timers say the leaves get more bitter close to the time of harvesting the potatoes.

And I'm a big believer in listening to old-timers.

Growing Asparagus: Osage County Spring is in Full Swing

GRIT Editor Hank Will at the wheel of his 1964 IH pickup.In spite of my somewhat over-zealous tilling exercise from a couple of weeks ago, thankfully I avoided wiping out my asparagus patch. I got to day dreaming a bit and forgot about the growing asparagus patch a couple of times and just tilled right on top of it -- oops. Luckily the growing asparagus crowns were smarter than I am and hadn’t sent the first probing spears close enough to the surface for me to grind into oblivion. I love growing asparagus. I enjoy the way it stakes a wild claim along the fencerows and I love that it performs year after year in my garden. I especially dig that asparagus is the first meaty vegetable crop of spring.

Asparagus spear emerging in spring.

I planted this asparagus patch three years ago. Finally, in 2010, the spears are fat, luscious and hopefully plentiful – thanks to all that chicken manure and compost that got worked into the soil last fall and over the winter. My mouth is watering as I write this because for a few fleeting weeks, beginning this week, my Partner in Culinary Crime and I will be able to grill, sauté, steam and smother with melted real cheese (not that processed kind that was the subject of a food show last week) the freshest asparagus we can ever get. I know I will also eat a few of those spears straight from the garden, with no more prep than a quick brushing to get the big pieces of debris off.

Osage county Kansas asparagus

In a perfect world, you might want to have fresh asparagus from the garden all year long. Not me. I prefer the seasonality of the spears – I know that spring is well along when I can break the first bunch, soak it with olive oil and wrap the works in a foil envelope to set on the charcoal grill right next to that lovely grassfed lamb loin. Some folks don’t like lamb because it is “too” flavorful. Some folks don’t like asparagus because it makes their urine smell “funny.”  I enjoy it all and all of it helps me realize that there are seasons and that those seasons shape my life.

Seed Starting: Preparing to Garden

A photo of Paul GardenerEvery year it seems like I go straight from pulling out the last plants of the year and whining about how I’ll miss the garden to planning the next years garden, planting seeds and trying to play catch up before you know it! It’s that time again for sure and much is in the works for this glorious growing season!

After last years bumper crops, we decided that this year we’d start not only jokingly calling our little backyard garden our “farm” but actually treating it like it was a little bit of one. We’ll be doing this by participating in one of our local farmers markets. That being the case, we have a lot of solid prep work to do and need to really take our planning and execution to a much higher level. Luckily, so far so good.

It’s not been without it’s challenges mind you. The Monday before last Thanksgiving our whole family was in a car accident that totalled out our car. Everyone was generally OK, but four of the five of us needed a couple of months of Physical Therapy and my wife ended up needing her shoulder operated on. That’s left me with A LOT of work to do on my own. We’ve had to make a few adjustments but as I said, so far so good. How about a little pictorial update of the spring so far?

Peas were pre-germinated early this year and managed to get put into the ground a full two weeks earlier than last year. This wan’t necessarily because I was so well prepared as much as because the seed was getting old (2007 seed!) and I wanted to make sure it would sprout before relying on it too late in the season to replant. It has a really good germination rate as you can see so it was planted a few days later.

Pre-germinated peas

I’ve found that because I spend so much time “growing my soil” that I’ve been able to grow very intensively in my raised beds. Much more so that I would be able to in a more traditional garden bed. By planting my peas 4-5 inches apart in rows spaced 4-5 inches apart, I’m able to get somewhere near 150-170 pea plants to grow in one of my 4-by-6-foot raised beds. I plant two of those each year and it gives us a lot of peas.

Pea seedlings popping up

Here’s a “pea’s eye” view of the new seedlings popping up.

There’s been a lot growing on indoors too. The seed starting rack that I wrote about last year has been set up in front of our east facing sliding glass doors and is chock full of lots of good stuff.

Seed starting rack

The bottom shelf is a hodgepodge of some early iceburg lettuce and cauliflower starts, some salad greens for cut and come again consumption, some luffa and squash starts that will end up in our green house soon and a mix of flower starts.

Tomatoes and peppers in the seed starter

On the top shelf are 48 cells of Kohlrabi, 24 cells of Broccoli and 24 cells of Brussel Sprouts on one side that are getting about ready to harden off and get into the ground soon. On the side nearer to us in this picture are tomatoes, tomatoes, tomatoes, oh yeah and some peppers. 54 tomato starts and 18 peppers to be exact.

Helpful hint: If you’ve decided to start some of your own seedlings indoors this year, make sure to watch for phosphorus deficiency. It’s a common problem if seedlings aren’t warm enough. You’ll start to see purplish coloring and wilting in previously healthy seedlings. Keep them warm and try supplementing with a good liquid fertilizer. For instance a good organic fish emulsion.

Anyway, as I said, things are coming along pretty good so far in my neck of the woods. Hope they are for you as well. Now, if I could just get this Utah weather to make up its mind!

Paul~

You can reach Paul Gardener by email, or check his personal blog at A posse ad esse 

 

Winter Rest Involves Gardening Books and Plans for Plant a Row for the Hungry

CindyMurphyBlog.jpgIn winter, when many gardeners are planning, ordering from seed catalogs, and dreaming of spring and the day they can get out there and dig, I’m just thrilled to see that the dirt stains are finally gone from beneath my fingernails and hands. I work all day helping customers plan their gardens, choose their plants, answer their questions, and then come home and tend my own gardens. When the nursery closes for the season, and the plants are resting, it’s my time to rest too. I am not a garden planner, plotter, or hatcher of good ideas during these cold months. I couldn’t enjoy winter to its fullest if I was busy planning for the next season. But still….I can’t really forget about gardening entirely for a whole season. I get my fix by catching up on garden-related reading, and by attending seminars and lectures on the topic. 

Plant a Row for the HungryIf you are one of those who plan ahead (I’m breaking my no-planning habit for this one), why not plan for a little extra and "Plant a Row for the Hungry"? The Plant a Row for the Hungry initiative is a nationwide campaign to provide fresh, healthy produce to those in need. The premise of PAR is simple: plant an extra row of vegetables and donate the harvest to a local food pantry or soup kitchen. Since 1995, over 14 million pounds of produce have been grown, providing over 50 million meals donated by American gardeners. 

Due to the economic situation in this country, a rapidly increasing number of Americans are turning to food banks for hunger relief. Reports show an unprecedented number of them are middle-class families and first time visitors. Alarmingly, many of them are turned away because there is a lack of available resources. Billy Shore, the founder and executive director of Share Our Strength, an organization working to end childhood hunger in America says, “Relief groups are getting hit hard by the same economic factors affecting those they serve. In these tough times, they need support from caring, everyday Americans more than ever." 

When learning about PAR, I got excited and started making phone calls. Through the help of a local social service agency, I was led to a church in town that serves “Open Door” dinners to anyone in need of a hot meal. Every Tuesday night, they provide a sit-down meal to between 80 and 100 people and prepare about 120 take-out meals. Speaking with the pastor, he said they’ve seen an influx of people served in the past year, and would be delighted to have donations of produce. Any surplus will go to the local food pantry. I’ve got gardeners and a small farm more than willing to commit space and time to growing vegetables for the program. Because the produce will go toward providing that many meals at one time, we will be concentrating on one vegetable this first year: green beans. They’re easy to grow, produce a lot for a long period of time and have a longer storage-life than many other vegetables. My next step is to get the word out via our local newspaper and the Master Gardener newsletter to rally more participants. I have high hopes, and will keep you posted throughout the growing season on how the program is going.

If you’re interested in starting a Plant a Row for the Hungry campaign in your area, check out the Garden Writers Association’s website. They offer tips on getting started, support and printable brochure downloads. 

I read about PAR in a letter from the editor of GreenPrints “The Weeder’s Digest”. I ordered this unique gardening magazine as a Christmas gift to myself. The “greatest story” edition arrived a couple of weeks before Christmas. I would have promptly read it, but Shelby knew it was my gift to myself, snatched it out of my hands and wrapped it to put under the tree, telling me I had to wait until Christmas like everybody else. Drat! Sometimes what we teach them backfires. Luckily for me, the winter issue came shortly after, and I’d sneak some reading time while no one was looking. 

Green Prints: The Weeder's Digest

One of the best parts of my job at the nursery is the interaction I get each day with people who love gardening as much as I do. I’ve laughed with my customers, commiserated with them, and even cried with them as they’ve shared their personal stories revolving around their gardens. It’s stories like these that unfold in the pages of “GreenPrints”. Digest-sized, it “focuses on the human, not the how-to side of gardening.” This is a magazine for anyone who gardens not just for the harvest or for aesthetics, but for those who find that reaping the emotional benefits from gardening is just as – if not more – satisfying. I can’t wait for the Spring, 20th Anniversary Issue to arrive. 

Another good read that isn’t just another “how-to” book is Farm City; The Education of an Urban Farmer, (Novella Carpenter. The Penguin Press, 2009). During early summer last year, I read a review about the book that promised it was “hysterical and uplifting … a wry, yet humble sense of humor … not just an informative manual for the urban homesteader, but also refreshing and highly entertaining.” I like hysterical and highly entertaining. I had to wait this long to find out for myself; my library didn’t have the book, but promised to put it on request for an inter-library loan. It finally came in, and I couldn’t put it down until I finished the last page.

Farm City: The Education of an Urban Farmer

It’s the author’s account of her attempts at urban farming in a ghetto neighborhood in Oakland, California. She has no desire to leave the city for the country, preferring its noise, energy, and “its late-night newsstands and rowdy bars” over the quiet isolation she knew growing up on a ranch in Idaho. But she can’t ignore what her hippie, back-to-the-land parents instilled in her: a love of nature, self-sufficiency, and the satisfaction of growing vegetables and raising animals. Amid drug dealers, the homeless, gang shootouts, and across the street from a speakeasy, Novella starts a “squatter’s garden,” complete with raised beds and fruit trees, on the vacant lot next to the house she and her boyfriend rent. She keeps bees, chickens, geese, turkey, ducks, rabbits and two pigs. Her idea of foraging for food is different than what most people have: it’s late-night dumpster diving excursions to the best restaurants in the city, to get scraps for the pigs and poultry. 

Interwoven throughout her story are tips on growing vegetables, raising animals, and of the history of the urban farm. Urban farming is not a new way of life; it’s been practiced in various parts of the world since the ancient Greece era. Even in this country, where “most Americans believe in the separation of city and country,” pockets of urban areas have been farmed, most notably in Philadephia, New York, and Detroit, since the 1800s. This is a book about the celebration of the urban farm and of life. It’s about failures and successes, sorrow and joy, birth and death, and how to richly live the life we choose. The book is everything the review I read promised, and so much more. 

Speaking of so much more … ever think about what a tree does for you and your family besides standing there, looking pretty? What if the next tree you purchased afforded you the same type of federal tax deduction as does installing a new solar heater or energy-efficient central air-conditioning? Dr. Robert Schutzki, professor in Michigan State University’s Department of Horticulture, contends it might not be too far in the future that those tax deductions will be available, and trees will have ratings similar to the Energy Star Rating. In mid-December, I attended a lecture given by Dr. Schutzki, “What Sustainability Means to the Green Industry,” in which he stated some government and other agencies are exploring those possibilities. 

There are a number of calculators which attempt to put a dollar amount on the benefits a tree provides. One I found online is very easy to use: if you’d like to see just what benefits a tree already growing in your yard provides, just type in your ZIP code or your geographic location from the provided map, choose your tree from the drop-down menu, enter the tree’s trunk diameter measured 4.5 feet from the ground, and the type of dwelling you live in. I admit, I’ve had a lot of fun wading through the snow to measure the trees in my yard, and dragging Shelby in her pajamas with me to hold the tape measure so I could take a picture; what a ham. It’s amazing what one single tree can do. 

Shelby in her pajamas, holding the measuring tape. 

According to the National Tree Benefit Calculator, the largest tree in our yard, a sugar maple, “provides overall benefits of $361.00 every year; the same tree if located on the California coast would have an annual benefit of $661.00. Here, on the coast of Lake Michigan, my maple will intercept 7,694 gallons of stormwater runoff. This year it will raise my property value by $138.00; it will conserve 213 kilowatt hours and reduce my natural gas consumption by 72 therms. It will reduce the amount of atmospheric carbon by 1,461 pounds. Kinda neat, huh? Especially when you consider 26 pounds of carbon dioxide equals 11,000 miles of car emissions. Actually, the sugar maple probably provides greater benefits than this; its diameter is more than 50 inches – the calculator only goes up to 45 inches. 

So there you have it – while I haven’t been busy thumbing through catalogs and ordering seeds (I didn’t even order a catalog), or plotting this year’s garden on graph paper, I have been kind of busy with gardening stuff. Or at least well-occupied. I hope you get a chance to check some of these things out, and find them as time-worthy and enjoyable as I have.

November Garden Update and Local Meat

A photo of Shannon SaiaI haven’t been out to the garden as much in the past few weeks, partly because we’ve had so much non-stop rain.

But this seems to have been good for everything.

Yesterday I brought this in.

Basket of produce from the garden.

And today I got a basket just full of broccoli, some of it admittedly past its peak, and on the very brink of flowering. Also a rutabaga, a few red beets, a handful of mini-red bell peppers, and a huge head of red-speckled romaine lettuce that has Caesar salad written all over it.

A rutabaga, beets, mini-red bell peppers, broccoli and red-speckled romaine lettuce

I lightly steamed all the very best pieces of broccoli, dumped them in icy water to stop the cooking, and then gave them a few minutes in the dehydrator to make sure each piece was really dry before putting it all in the freezer. I laid it all out in a glass pan in a single layer in the freezer and when it’s all frozen I’ll pop it in a Ziploc bag for storage, that way I can dip into it when I need it. It’s the first broccoli I’ve frozen. I managed to put away zucchini, yellow squash, green beans, beet greens, kale and collard greens already this year. I was beginning to be afraid that I wouldn’t be getting more broccoli than we can eat as we pick it, but today’s haul was reassuring. Plus, all of these big lovely plants are already putting out nice-sized side shoots, something last year’s plants from a big box store never really did. These transplants came from a local nursery with an excellent reputation, and you can really tell the difference in the plants. It was a nice couple of moments, out in the cool November drizzle, wading waist high in broccoli. It kind of got the gardening juices flowing again.

Among other good news, it looks like I will have some carrots, though a fraction of what I actually planted. And I have 7 garlic shoots coming up! I planted two different varieties, and it looks like only one is up, and I can’t remember if I planted this particular variety before or after I realized that I had been planting the cloves upside down (insert dumb blond joke here). It may just be that the second variety has a faster germination rate. Anyway, at least now I know what to look for, so I’ll keep an eye on it and see if the other variety comes up.

Also, the rye seeds that I planted a few weeks back are coming up beautifully!

Rye coming up

It had been our intention to just let our summer garden lie fallow for the winter and next summer, but after getting involved in a sheet mulching project a few weeks ago in about a third of it, I realized that there were other, better and more useful things that we could do with that space. At first we were thinking a straightforward cover crop, but we really do want to focus as much as possible on things we can actually eat. Some research turned up rye. It’s one grain that can be successfully planted in late October. If pulled up in spring it supposedly comes up easily and will have protected the soil from erosion, as well leaving channels in the soil for the roots of new plants to follow. But our plan is to leave it in until summer and then harvest the grain. I believe it’ll be harder to get out at that point. But we’ll have something to show for ourselves, and we will have made a productive use of a patch of land that we otherwise wouldn’t have been using; we’ll also be getting started on one of our goals, to grow our own grain.

If it seems like we’re trying to do a little bit of everything, well, you’re right. We are. But so far things are working out okay. We may not know everything, or even all that much, but we’re staying busy, and we’re getting results, and we’re zipping right along that learning curve. This past year was my first full year as a gardener, and I’ve been giving a lot of thought to how I want to do more and better next year. Now that I have an idea of  how what and how much I plant might relate to what I will be able to preserve for the year, I’m going to go into 2010 with a definite plan. Part of this upcoming taking stock will include making a list of those things that we absolutely can’t or don’t plan to do for ourselves here on our own land and, for the time being, raising animals for meat makes that list. But that’s okay, because having someone that’s practically a neighbor raise it is almost just as good, and we’ve got that base covered.

We took a big step last week and took our meat needs almost totally local. I've been communicating off and on with a local farm, and I have ordered a half hog from them for fall delivery, as well as my Thanksgiving turkey. My hog isn't fattened up yet, but the farmers did have a hog slaughtered recently which means that they have fresh pork for sale! I added over 16 pounds of fresh, local pork, humanely grown, with no antibiotics or hormones, to the two (out of the six) chickens that I bought from them this summer that are still in my freezer, and I'm thinking that I may be stocked up until either my hog or my turkey is ready. If not, then I'll just give the farm a call and drop by for more!

So recently, for dinner, for the first time in my life, I had an animal that I have actually met.

Local pigs complete meat needs for Shannon

That is to say, we hadn't been formally introduced, but I had been to the farm a number of times. I have wandered waist deep in blue and red-faced turkeys, side-stepped chickens, ducks, geese and guinea fowl (when Fresh Start Farm/It’s Only Natural says “free range” they really mean it). I have petted the goats, admired the rabbits, and exchanged pleasantries with the hogs. Next spring they’re adding beef, and I've already put in my order for at least a quarter cow. If I can come up with another freezer, I may make that a half.

This past week I got pork chops, bratwurst, hot Italian sausage and ham steak. Our dinners lately have been nothing fancy and nothing short of delicious. A pot of ham and beans. Pork chops and brown gravy with homemade mac and cheese and greens from the garden. With all of this dreary, rainy weather, it’s been very satisfying. This is the freshest, and most natural, and most local our meat is going to get without growing our own – an enterprise for which I doubt we have quite enough land (or the proper zoning). So, I’m very proud of having gotten to this point.

Gardener’s Diary: Sweet Potatoes 101

A photo of Shannon SaiaOne of my interests, which is rapidly becoming urgent, is in root-cellaring, and my first project in this area has been figuring out what to do with all my sweet potatoes.

The sweet potatoes were a great success this year. It was my first time growing any kind of potato, and I knew exactly nothing about it. I ordered “seed potatoes” from Johnny’s for banana fingerling potatoes and for Beauregard sweet potatoes, and my first lesson in sweet potato cultivation was that I didn’t receive “seed potatoes” from Johnny’s at all. I had expected them to look like the fingerling seed potatoes, so when I found these in my mailbox on the 7th of May – wilted, from having spent over 24 hours in there – I was mystified.

Two banded bunches of wilted sweet potato slips.

I was not at all expecting plants…and to top it off, I received twice what I had actually ordered. I let Johnny’s know, and they told me that they had accidentally shipped the order twice and that I could keep them both, free of charge. Very nice of them; and after my successful year with both of the potato varieties that I grew, you can bet I’ll be ordering more seed potatoes and sweet potato slips from Johnny’s again this coming spring.

So I put 27 of these very sad looking things in the ground, following the planting directions that came with them, and they looked like this.

Three wilted sweet potato slips just planted

Not very encouraging.

Still, I let them be, and before I knew it – miracle of miracles – the little buggers began to grow. Looking back, this was even more amazing from the standpoint that I did nothing in particular for or to them to encourage success. I did not test, “improve” or “correct” my soil. I did not specifically water them, but they got water the old fashioned way, from rain, and whenever something else in the garden was in dire need of water, they ended up getting some too. I didn’t weed.  So they really were a no muss, no fuss crop. My understanding is that Beauregards are pretty tolerant of a wide range of soil conditions, and I don’t know for sure whether I happened to have an ideal soil for them, or if they just accepted what I had and ran with it.

My first summer with sweets was full of surprises. I had no idea that they would bloom, and that their flowers would be so beautiful.

Purple sweet potato flower blooming in front of wire cage

Nor did I know that the sweet potato was such a hardy and attractive vine, that it would creep everywhere, or that it would be pretty doggone tolerant of weeds – a must in my garden.

So things were going along pretty well, but like most veggies that were new to me this year, I had a totally inaccurate idea of when I might expect to harvest them. On Monday 27 July, I was out in my garden inspecting, and I found this deep furrow.

A crack in the ground beneath sweet potato vines

What the heck? Closer inspection revealed this! Could that be a sweet potato popping up out of the ground?

The neck of a sweet potato showing in the ground

It was indeed! Could it possibly be ready to harvest? One way to find out. I pulled that sucker up, marveled at how big it was, and in fact, I ate it for dinner that night.

A single crook-necked sweet potato

A quick check inside with my garden diary revealed that the passage of time had snuck up on me. It had been 82 days since I put those slips in the ground. Because it was my understanding that I could leave them in as long as until first frost, I waited a little while longer before starting to pull up more. Throughout August and into mid-September I was harvesting sweet potatoes.

A bunch of freshly harvested sweet potatoes in the dirt, still on the vine

I was able to learn from firsthand experience what my subsequent research confirmed, that sweet potatoes are surprisingly delicate and thin-skinned, and it’s really easy to knick and scratch them with your fingernails as you’re pulling them out of the ground. It’s also really easy, when trying to dig them up, to break off an end. But if you do – no big deal. Because these open wounds close over with a kind of white scab. I believe this is called “corking.” 

Corking: The corked-over end of a broken sweet potato

My first attempts at “curing” were to leave them out in the vestibule still covered in dirt for a number of days. After that, I would move them to a carboard box under my kitchen counter. I know now that I should have left them in the ground longer, until just before or the day after the first frost, because the roots grow the most in September and October. But what the heck. I’ll know better next year. This year, by mid September I had every sweet potato out of the ground. By this time my new book had arrived, Root Cellaring: Natural Cold Storage of Fruits and Vegetables by Mike and Nancy Bubel, and my first order of business was to figure out how to “cellar” these sweet potatoes; hopefully for the duration of the winter. (Incidentally my mother has told me that her father used to coat his potatoes in lime and store them in the woodshed when she was growing up. Interesting, but that doesn’t sound like something I would want to do.)

The first thing I learned was that during the 10-14 day or so “curing” process that the potatoes should be kept warm (80-85 degrees) and humid, so with my final HUGE bunch of sweet potatoes (3 boxes full) I kept a big damp towel draped over them all in the same spot in the vestibule so that they were kept warm and humid. After a few weeks of this, I was ready to put them away.

Two boxes and one basket of sweet potatoes in front of the window

After the curing process, what they need primarily is to be kept dry – no damp root cellar for these babies. They prefer temps of 50-60 degrees, but most importantly they need to be kept dry. So for the time being, they’re all under my counter. Here’s what I did. I used a wine box, wrapped half of them in brown paper and nestled them all in there together, and slid the heavy box under the counter and covered it with a black towel. One wine box wasn’t big enough to hold everything. I could probably use three wine boxes, but I have the rest in mason jar case boxes, which works out just as well. There’s a box of little ones on top. These will need to be eaten first, as they’ll keep for the shortest amount of time.

It may be that this isn’t the ideal place to store them. In the winter it may hover around 60 degrees under the counter sometimes, but it’ll probably be warmer than that. My hope is that as the book says, keeping them dry is the most important thing. I’ll check back in on how they’re doing as we head into winter. I’ll also check back in on what day we finally eat our last sweet potato. Anyone want to place a bet? I’m hoping to have them through maybe April … 6 months … any takers?

Raising Chickens: Feeling A Little Chicken

A photo of Shannon SaiaLast night, our modest quest for self-sufficiency took a drastic turn.

I mean, gardening – fine. Making bread from whole grain? Great. I’ve even got my own recipe for homemade dog treats. I almost have to. When you have a pack of dogs and you care as much about what goes into their body as you do about what goes into your own, that can get real expensive, real quick. And OK, I’ll admit it; awhile back I was telling my husband that I thought we should get some chickens for eggs. I was extolling the virtues of chickens. Our neighbor behind us, Mr. F, keeps chickens, I told him. They don’t smell if you take care of them. Mr. F showed me his chickens, and they don’t smell! I’m talking about just three or four chickens!

Repeatedly, he laughed at me, and told me there was no WAY that we were getting chickens. He drew the line at chickens.

And yet, I cannot PRY the Northern Tool and Equipment Catalogue out of his hands. What does that have to do with anything, you wonder? Well, nothing actually, but when you still have one foot in suburbia, and homesteading is something new to you, a mere couple of chickens don’t seem to be such a tremendous leap from wanting to buy a tractor.

That Mom might want chickens (and a goat for milk) has become something of a family joke. When I ordered six chickens from a local farmer, I can’t tell you how many times my husband said, “These chickens will be dead, right? These are dead chickens that you’re getting, right?” Honestly, I wanted to thump him on the head with one of those dead chickens by the time I got them home.

The farmer offered to bring me over a few in a cage in the bed of his pickup truck just to mess with him.

But I declined.

I mean, I wanted to convert my husband. Not antagonize him.

And then last night, he threw the gauntlet down.

He said, and I quote, “If you want to get chickens, that’s O.K. Go ahead and order them.”

Gulp.

The last time my husband came to me with this kind of life-altering pronouncement, eleven months later we were bringing home a baby.

Um…WHAT?

I mean, I’ve thought about it. I’ve talked about it. It seems perfect IN THE ABSTRACT. Philosophically speaking. But to actually do it?

Okay. It’s confession time. It may be – I’m not positive, but it MAY be – that that one foot of mine that’s still in suburbia is stuck fast in some recently poured concrete.

Still. Suddenly chickens are on the table (no pun intended).

So I pulled out my copy of The Backyard Homestead, a book that I love, and turned to the section on raising chickens; a section that I had given only a cursory reading up till now. And I know I have a GRIT issue around here somewhere that talks about chicken coops or raising chickens, or something about chickens … and I’m going to read every blog post about raising chickens because I know there’s a wealth of demystifying information right here at my fingertips and because quite frankly – I’m a little bit scared.

But I’m also kind of excited.

It seems that on the ladder of self-sufficiency, “Can you feed yourself?” may be the first rung. I mean, I’m sure it’s cheaper to poke seeds in the dirt and raise chickens than it is to install windmills or solar panels or to build your own home from the lumber on your property (if you even have any).

So. What the heck. I’m game.

I shared with him what little I did know about raising chickens for eggs – and the part that most concerns me about the prospect. It’s not the poop. Are you kidding me? We’ll have our own fertilizer! It’s not that I might occasionally get my hand pecked. It’s not that having chickens requires a twice a day commitment between the cleaning, the feeding and the gathering of eggs. It’s that they really only lay well for a year and two, and that after that, apparently, the best place for them is in the stew pot.

And around here, we tend to get attached to things. How else would I have ended up with four dogs? Quite frankly, having had a few litters of puppies around here over the years, it’s a wonder we don’t have twenty.

But the fact remains that we do eat meat; that the chickens we bought from the local farmer lived for about six or seven weeks before their trip to the butcher; and that they almost certainly had a better six or seven weeks of life than anything I might pick up out of most grocery store coolers.

And then my husband said something both surprising and interesting to me, something along the lines of how having to raise and care for and eventually eat our chickens was likely to reawaken our spiritual sides.

I couldn’t agree more.

I began gardening with gusto because of a perpetual concern about what I’m putting in my family’s bodies, and because of a distrust of the gargantuan pharma-medica-food monster that otherwise runs every aspect of our modern lives. What I didn’t expect from the experience was to be thinking about faith; about what it means to believe in something that you cannot see – like that little seed unfolding some fraction of an inch below the soil line – and upon which you are dependent. I didn’t expect that I would feel so closely dependent both on the earth and on my own efforts, and that this dependency would become tinged with reverence. I didn’t expect to feel a responsibility for every seedling I started, and for every transplant I purchased. And I sure didn’t expect to feel guilt and shame over all of the ones that I allowed – through neglect, or ignorance, and sometimes I suspect through no fault of my own – to die. That is, the ones that died for no good reason; the ones that were not able to fulfill their natural life cycle and end up on my table. I didn’t expect to have an increased awareness of and respect for nature; or a heightened awareness of the cycle of life, and the fact that we, too, are in that cycle, and that life doesn’t last forever, and isn’t supposed to.

So if we do this chicken thing, we’re not going to do it in ignorance. Because one day we’re going to have to look a living creature in the eye, and say, “Thank you” for an upcoming meal. And when we do have that last conversation, I’d like to think that they might also be thinking, “Thank you” to me.

That is both a radical and a sobering thought.

And one we ought to be having more often, I suspect.

So, chickens are on the table, and we have a lot of learning to do. We also have a lot of other, more pressing things to do in the meantime, like solve my compost problem that I just keep putting off, and reading the Root Cellaring book that arrived yesterday, and finding the right storage place for my eight million sweet potatoes. Oh, and finishing the addition we’re putting on the house. Hopefully by Christmas. So, if we can do all of that, and educate ourselves, and my husband builds the coop (no problem there), we may try a few hens this coming spring. So stay tuned.

Oh, and by the way. He’s also on board about the goat. But we’re going to have to work our way up to that.

Gardening with Children: What You Get for the Price of a Turnip Seed

A photo of Shannon SaiaMy three-year-old daughter has been my steadfast partner in the garden from the get-go. I really want her to learn what food actually is, and where it comes from, and I want her to enjoy being outdoors, getting wet and getting dirty (no problems there). So I really try to incorporate her into the daily garden chores as much as possible, for as long as I can maintain her interest. That said, there are days when the heat, a sinus headache, and my own gardening anxieties get the best of me.

Case in point, I made an early morning of it recently, trying to get our fall transplants in the ground while it was still cool, and while I still had the energy to do it. I have had a few of the seeds come up that I planted a few weeks ago – turnips and daikon, and it looks like some chard or lettuce – but not nearly as many as I had hoped.

Seedling

After the weedy, sprawling mess that my spring/summer garden has become, the blank slate of a fall space comes as something of a relief.

Spring garden picture.

New beginning! Fresh start! A second chance!

Fall garden

And yet, seed planting is always a little anxiety-provoking to me. I have a hard time with that period of time between dropping a seed in the dirt and seeing something green poke up its head. I can’t stand not being able to see the progress. What’s happening down there? Is it working? Why do some seeds seem to sprout within 24 hours of planting, and others of the same veggie and variety take weeks? When that first tiny speck of green finally pokes its head up out of the soil it’s always a great relief to me. I think that’s why when I found THIS, just moments after pointing out the new sprouts to my daughter on that morning, I was less than thrilled.

Lost turnip seedling

I didn’t fuss – I explained.

Sure Mom, call it what you want.

But, let bygones be bygones. Moving on. What came next was a back and forth about gardening gloves. I kept putting them on her and she kept taking them off. (I secretly don’t blame her. I hate wearing them too.) I put them back on her again and explained about the manure compost that I had put down the night before, and how she can’t play in it.

It’s cow poop!

Uh huh.

The gloves came off. The gloves went back on. The gloves came off. Literally and figuratively.

Okay. That’s it. You’re out of here.

She walked off across the yard with slumped shoulders. I went after her to make sure that she was okay. Whereupon she told me that I had embarrassed her about the smushed turnip seedling.

Sigh.

Look kid. Here’s the thing. This is all pretty new to me too, and Mom gets pretty worked up trying to do everything perfectly. And yet, perfection continues to elude me. Go figure.

So we try again.

I dig a hole, and she slips in a tiny lettuce plant. We pat the dirt. Job well done.

Lettuce growing

We do it again. Then she wants to make the hole. Then I make the hole, and slip the plant in, and she pats.

Don’t pat the green part! Don’t touch the plant! Watch your knees! Do you see where your knees are?

Yes, Mom.

And then she loses interest, and starts digging in an empty bed where there are no seeds planted, and no manure compost. And I feel guilty.

Go for it, kid.

And the turnip seed, you ask? Did I get what I paid for?

Heck yeah.

Garden in early May

In the garden in late May.

The garden in early June

In the garden in late June.

In the garden in July

In the garden in early August.

In the garden in late August

Lamenting Summer’s End

A photo of Brenda KippNot since I was child have I been sad to see summer end. By nature, I’m not a summer person. I dislike hot, humid weather. But this summer was unusual. June was quite warm, serving as a prelude for the coming heat. However, the uncomfortable, suffocating temperatures didn’t come. July and August were unusually cool and wet. That’s not to say it didn’t get hot on occasion, but those days were few and far between. We usually have several days of triple-digit temperatures at least once during the summer, but we never even made it to the century mark this year.

A few times during July and August, I turned the air conditioner off and opened up the house. If you’ve ever been in Kansas in the middle of the summer, you know how stifling it can be. It’s like sitting under a wet blanket out in the sun. Air conditioning is a must. So to be able to turn the A/C off and open up the house during what’s normally the hottest months of the year is highly unusual – and to do it more than once is unheard of!

Fall is my favorite season and I eagerly await its arrival after a long, hot summer, but to enjoy a summer such as the one we just had was so refreshing. It was like being in the Rocky Mountains! I talked to my brother, who lives in Colorado, several times this summer and he complained about how hot it was out there. Thanks to a dip in the jet-stream, we were enjoying their normal summer temperatures.

One of the benefits of having a cooler than normal summer is being able to get out and do yard work. Normally, I don’t get out in the yard at all during the summer months. This summer I was able to get out in the yard three times. It feels good to have a head start on the yard work I want to get done this fall. By the way, our grass usually dies at some point during the summer because of the heat and lack of moisture. We had green grass all summer long.

grassandsunset

Another reason I hated to see summer come to an end is the availability of fresh garden produce. Several of my co-workers shared bounty from their gardens including tomatoes, zucchini, okra and sweet corn. I couldn’t help but grab several ears of sweet corn – and I picked up a couple of tomatoes for my mom.   

Now that September is here, I can look forward to leaves turning color and crisp autumn temperatures. As I look back on the summer of 2009, I’ll be able to remember it as a pleasant season I actually enjoyed instead of being eternally grateful that it was finally over. The cool, wet conditions we were blessed with this summer should allow for some spectacular fall colors. I hope you had a pleasant summer and you’re looking forward to a fabulous fall.

photo: iStock.com/lakovKalinin

Gardening and the Unexpected

A photo of Vickie MorganThis year after two floods – second one happened in July with 4 inches of rain – I can’t believe my garden is producing this well. So far I’ve managed to get 3 dozen ears of corn, some peppers, cabbage, tomatoes, onions, and potatoes. Sadly, it’s those precious heirloom beans that didn’t quite make it through the second flood. I managed to pick one mess, so we had a medley of sorts for dinner with white-half runner, rattlesnake, and goose beans. It was soo good. I think I will just leave the rest on the vine and save them for seed for next year.

So, it was a nice surprise one day when some good friends called and said to come out to their country garden and pick beans. Well we couldn’t pass that up and we jumped in our truck and drove 40 minutes out to their garden that day. They received the same amount of rain as we did but their garden sits on a hill – so they still have a bountiful garden.

Picking beans in the shade.

We picked a bushel that day and I canned 14 quarts – there is nothing like good friends.

Jars of canned beans

This year I’ve become used to all the weeds, bugs, floods, and frosts. It’s when something quite out of the ordinary happened (like floods are ordinary) that I just threw up my hands, laughed, and thought, What next? Quite unenexpectedly one day while working in the garden, I heard big paws thumping on the ground, and then I heard someone holler, “TANNER!” I should have realized he was coming after me, his favorite neighbor, but it was too late. The neighbor’s big, brown, 120-pound Lab, Tanner, dashed through the vegetable garden stomping on plants as he ran to greet me, with his big tongue hanging out. He loves me what can I say. Except now the onions are not standing up so pretty and straight, and the poor corn plant on the end... Oh well, I straightened them up the best I could – they’ll grow.

Onions knocked over by dog.

Wizardry in Everyday Life

A photo of Steve DautLast night I took Sue out for her birthday. The present was a trip to the IMAX movie theatre at Henry Ford museum, to see the latest Harry Potter movie. She started reading the books years ago, but didn’t want to make some kid wait to get theirs, so was always careful not to buy until each book had been out for a month or so. Well, I tried to avoid all the hoopla over these things for a couple of years, but eventually I got started with it and read all the books myself. And we’ve seen all but one of the movies. Here’s the thing that struck me last night as we were waiting in line: the crowd was a typical Saturday night movie mix- some families, some teens, but also a lot of adult couples of every age and stripe.

I think what makes this series so fascinating is that you get caught up in this world where magic and wizardry become commonplace, where moving photographs, 20 foot tall arachnids, love potions and dazzling spells become just part of ordinary but wondrous everyday life. We all need magic.

So I’d like to try out an idea with you. Imagine this amazing witches’ brew that’s full of complicated ingredients, and all you have to do is add one little drop of some special essence to make virtually anything you wanted. If you wanted a ruby red gemstone, you would add a little drop of brown liquid, stir the mixture for a couple of days and the stone would float to the surface. You could grow an umbrella to keep you cool in the long supernatural summer simply by adding a small oblong stone to the mix. You could even make things to eat, or to smell, or items that in turn could be used to make even more magical potions. Does that seem plausible to you?

Well, this is not a vision of some fantasy world. It is our own world, seen through magical eyes. The potion is our garden soil; the drop of essence is a seed. It has been so long since I have had a garden that this year, when I saw the first tomato beginning to grow, it startled me into amazement. How is it possible that all you have to do is add this particular little seed, and the world magically provides sun and rain to make the mixture of seed and soil transform itself into tomatoes, cucumbers, beans, corn, dill, basil, all of these distinct and wonderful things that you can eat? What magic causes a gem-colored flower to grow, or a tree that provides umbrella-like shade?

You can break it down to a purely scientific description of how this happen, which is what Harry and friends study in their book of potions, but these descriptions cannot take the magic out of it. We don’t need a movie to be immersed in a world full of wizardry. All we have to do is look at our own world, our own lives, through eyes that can see the magic.

Phase II of the Garden: Perennials and Other Good Junque

CindyMurphyBlog.jpgI finished the hillside garden near the end of May. In my post, "Phase I of the Garden: The Bare Bones," I laid out the structure of the garden with shrubs – many of which can be considered groundcovers.

Groundcovers by definition can be as small as less than an inch in height, to about four feet tall. They can be herbaceous or woody, clumping or spreading. Once they are established, they require little maintenance in comparison to turf, prevent erosion, enrich the soil, and cool the air. They can be mixed, with attention given to their growth habits. Pairing plants with incompatible growth rates will result in the more aggressive spreader taking over slower growing plants.

With the shrubs planted, the garden is ready for the other groundcovers: the perennials. Perennials can be purchased in different sizes – everything from tiny plugs up to 3 gallon pots. They can be planted at any time, with the exception of plugs, which shouldn’t be planted in late fall. The roots of these small plants won’t have time to establish themselves in the soil, and the freeze and thaw cycles of winter can actually heave them from the ground. Because the garden is a large vista, I chose quarts, and 1 to 3 gallon-sized plants – anything smaller would have got lost in the expanse, and left the garden looking naked.

A common mistake when landscaping is choosing plants too small for the landscape in order to save money. Smaller plants will fill in, of course ... eventually. But until they do – especially in foundation plantings around a house – the garden will look out of proportion. When the scale is large, it’s best to budget for one or two larger plants and a few of the smaller sizes, rather than a bunch of little plants.

I mentioned in “Phase I,” that the garden is comprised of poor soils and will receive infrequent watering once the plants are established. As I did with the shrubs, I had to choose perennials that will survive these conditions. There are many plants that will tolerate dry shade and are low maintenance.

I used a mix of native and non-native perennials. There are a couple of things to keep in mind when gardening with native plants. Remember that just because a plant grows in the wild in your area, doesn’t mean it’ll grow in your garden. Soil and moisture conditions must be taken into account. Always purchase your plants from reputable sources. Digging a plant from its native habitat can disturb the ecosystem, and in many cases, these plants are protected; taking them from the area can result in fines. The natives I included are wild ginger, false Solomon’s seal, Christmas fern, and mayapple. The mayapple is an experiment; I know it normally likes a more humus-rich soil, but I wanted it for nostalgic reasons; it reminds me of walks in the woods with my Dad who showed us how to lift the umbrella-like leaves to find the flowers, and “apples” hiding beneath. For this, I broke my rule of not using soil amendments, and added compost and worm castings to enrich the soil.

Shade and drought tolerant non-natives I chose are sweet woodruff, some of the more durable hosta varieties, Chinese astilbe, crested iris, barren strawberry, lily of the valley, lady’s mantle, and corydalis lutea. Corydalis lutea is a good choice for low maintenance gardens, and can be used in a variety of conditions. Its delicate leaves and tiny flowers are deceiving; it’s extremely tough, flowering from spring to frost in both dry shade and moist, sunny areas. It reseeds freely, but is easily kept under control.

Corydalis lutea

Another low maintenance choice is the ever-versatile daylily. Is there a more forgiving perennial? They require little attention, growing vigorously in most soil types, in full sun to part shade, with excellent tolerance to hot, dry weather, and come in nearly every color but blue. I’ve put a lot of varieties in this garden, some divided from other areas of the yard, and some purchased. ‘Ice Carnival,’ a heavy flowering fragrant white, is a variety I purchased for a number of reasons. First, the four pots were full enough to divide, leaving me with eight good sized plants. White is also a good choice for shade; white and yellow stand out and brighten dark areas, when the deeper reds and purples blend in and get lost.

The last reason is continuity. Whether a garden is large or small, continuity is an important element. White splashes throughout a garden pulls a large landscape such as this together, and gives the eye somewhere to rest in a smaller, busy garden.

Daylilies, hosta and astilbe

To pull things together further, I planted the same variety of Chinese astilbe, and divided hosta that I have in the shady birch garden kitty-corner from this garden. Most perennials benefit from being divided in spring or fall every few years; daylilies and hosta division can be done at anytime during the year.

The sunny area of the garden received drought tolerant plants such as sedums, asters, coneflowers, black-eyed susans, ‘Biokovia’ perennial geranium, lamb’s ears, goldenrod, yarrow and, of course, more daylilies.

The final planting consisted of planting three good-sized American Spice Bush. The change in grade of the slope resulted in a small swale in an already low spot of the ravine. Rain water collected here, turned stagnant, and the soil became anaerobic – it stank to high-heaven. Even a trench I dug from this area to the creek didn’t alleviate the problem. The swamp-loving spice bush did the trick.

Though the planting was done, the garden was not yet complete. It wouldn’t be one of my gardens without some Good Junque in it. The heavy spring rains resulted in a swift moving current in the ravine’s creek. The rush of water unearthed an old discarded clay drainage pipe that had been buried by silt for who-knows-how-long. I dragged it out of the muck, and topped it with a similar colored birdbath top.

Birdbath

I’ve been eyeing a much larger discarded drainage pipe on the banks of the nursery’s pond for years, wondering how I could use it. The answer came when Keith built a new fire pit; one of his spring projects. (When he reads this, he’ll be pleased I’m mentioning it’s the “Mother of all firepits”; he’s as proud of it as I am of the garden.) The rusted lid of the old metal firepit with drainage holes drilled into it, tops the larger pipe, and became a planter.

Planter

Both the birdbath and planter sit at the two path entrances to the garden. Old bricks gathered from construction sites line the path. Stacked in a pile on the side of the garage for years, I knew I’d someday find a use for them.

Path lined with old bricks

The steps I started with a foundation of concrete cinderblocks in “Springtime Days with the Family” is done, completed with nearly all salvaged materials. Five pieces of flagstone and the gray concrete patio pavers that cap the concrete blocks are the only purchased products. Broken pavers, brick, and rocks I collected from the beach make up the rest of the stairs. In between some of the crevices, I planted creeping sedum, which I’m hoping will drape over the edges once it grows. That, and other perennials planted near the base of the blocks should soften the hard look of the concrete when they fill in.

Stairs from reclaimed blocks

I like the finished look. The stairs were built without plans except the vision I had in my head, and without measurements except eyeballing. Though nothing is plumb or square, it doesn’t matter to me – I was going for rustic, and that’s what I got. I tackled the garden the same way; I knew what plants would grow in the conditions I had, but there were no plans other than placing them where I thought they’d look good. I wanted a natural-looking landscape, and that’s what I got. It’s a process that would make professional contractors and landscape designers cringe, but it works for me. For folks who are methodical and prefer organization, having a plan on paper is a good idea whether it’s done by a professional landscaper or as a do-it-yourself project. A landscape plan gives a visual impression of what the garden will look like before installation begins.

Choose the method of planning works best for you; it’s your garden and should reflect your personality. The result should be something that looks aesthetically pleasing to your eye, is within your budget, and fits the amount of work you’re willing to put into it. After the soil was brought in, I did every bit of work myself; it was my project, and I’m pleased with the results. I started out with an ugly, broken down, concrete retaining wall ...  

The garden before

…and ended up with this.

The completed garden

There’s still a lot of work to be done – there’s all that bare ground just begging to be filled with plants. It’ll have to wait though; I’ve already spent as much time and money as I can afford this season. Perennials currently used in some of my planters and divisions from other gardens will be added in fall, but I’m finished for now. Except ... look at the gorgeous wine color of this yarrow we just got in at the nursery the other day. Paired with sunny yellow ‘Happy Returns’ daylilies, how could I resist?

Pomegranate yarrow and Happy Returns daylilies

 

 

 

Low-Cost Lasagna-Garden Beds

A photo of Paul GardenerOne of the things that I've begun doing this year is to expand on my outreach efforts to new gardeners in my community. It's not that I'm an expert on all things garden related; by no means do I fit that bill. I have however learned a lot of things through trial and error, and this spring my wife and I attended a two and a half month training program called the Master Gardener program. I learned a lot of new information there as well, and it's really helped with my efforts.

In talking to neighbors and friends, a few of which have been affected by the global economic downturn, one of their concerns is that starting a garden can be a costly adventure. That is particularly true here in northern Utah where we call home. We are very near to the shore of the Great Salt Lake, and because of that our soil is salty and alkaline. Add to that the fact that it is a sedimentary soil that over thousands of years has become hard pack clay, and it's not what most would call the optimum conditions for starting a new garden. Because of these factors and because Mel Bartholomew of square foot gardening fame began his whole movement in Utah just a half hour from where we live, raised bed gardening is very big here. It's not cheap to get started though, so I felt concerned with telling people that were already tight on money that they should spend a good size chunk of it on starting a raised bed. At the same time, I know that most people starting gardens directly in the ground have a couple of years of amending the soil ahead of them before they really starting seeing the "fruits" of their labors.

Enter the "Lasagna Garden." I picked up a book at our local thrift store last summer about a garden called a lasagna garden. It wasn't what it sounded like, a garden to grow lasagna ingredients, but rather was a raised bed garden that could be started with little investment and promised little effort for good return. The basics of what this is all about is building a garden bed from miscellaneous organic materials and letting them essentially compost in place to build a fertile soil that can support a garden.

I hate to suggest anyone try something that I haven't done myself, so, last fall, as a part of our "liberate the lawn" efforts in the back yard, we decided to give it a shot as a sort of experimental garden plot for this year. We already had plans to build a new raised bed there, so it was easy to just modify our plans to go with this new idea. We built the raised beds along our fence line using the same type of recycled concrete blocks that we'd used for the rest of our yard landscaping and, after breaking up the ground a bit with a pitch fork, layered the bottom of the bed with cardboard pieces that we got for free from work.

Next I filled the bed with layers of organic material like I was putting together a sort of organic compost lasagna. I took pictures of the process.

To fill the bed, I pulled over a thin layer of soil from the existing raised bed that I was tying into. Onto that I added layers of material like straw, homemade compost, grass clippings, composted chicken manure, course sawdust that was used as chicken bedding, coffee grounds from the local coffee shop and some left over peat and vermiculite that I happened to have on hand at the end of the season.

Knowing that it would sink, I filled it very full and left it to sit over the winter. The fall rains soaked it, the winter snows insulated it, and by early this spring we had what was beginning to look a lot like soil. A few months later and I dug into into it to plant my first crops; a mix of different plants that I hope will give me a good idea of lasagna gardening's benefits for different plants. I've planted watermelons, casaba melon, tomatoes, bush cucumbers, peppers and eggplants in it. The soil was soft and friable, and I needed no tools at all to plant the starts.

Lasagna garden in use

This picture was taken a little less than a month ago. So far, I am VERY impressed with the results of this method. The rich organic content of this bed drains well while at the same time holding a good amount of water. Below the surface, the soil looks to be very rich and fertile. This is the first time I've been able to get watermelons to grow well at all, and I'm already starting to see set fruit on my pepper plants.

If you're feeling a pinch in your pocketbook, or maybe have friends that are, this is a nearly zero cost alternative to building a raised bed garden that can support a lot of garden and can be worked very easily. It seems to be a good alternative and is certainly one that I look forward to exploring further.

All the best.

Paul~

You can reach Paul Gardener by email, or check his personal blog at A posse ad esse  

The Garden Is Ready for Some Growing!

A photo of Tricia MillixSo, we have the plan for our garden. We know what we want to plant and where. Our raised beds are all ready, we received our dirt delivery, mixed it all with our compost gold and now we need our plants.

I always have such a hard time deciding where to get the best plants, actually that is not so true, I know the best place is from our farmers' markets! I just have to get there and get them. That also is somewhat of a fib seeing how I have just started going to a new market on Saturdays about an hour away from our home to sell our bakery items, so I am already there, I just need to get them!

I think I was waiting until we had our garden beds all ready for those beautiful little plants, I would not know what to do with them if they had to wait to be planted for too long. I don't think I am an awful gardener but I could definitely use a class or two. I would love to feel more confidant in my abilities to actually get big, beautiful, plentiful plants to grow in my garden. I have not had the best of luck in the past two years when it came to getting a decent – okay even any – harvest from our garden.

Every year I am so excited to plant one and see just how much we can grow, I would love to have so much from our garden that I would have enough to give some to all my friends and maybe even have a little stand out front. Unfortunately that bliss has eluded me for years now and there has always been a reason. The willow tree fell smack-dab in the middle of it one year, and last year we had more of a floating garden than anything else! But, like I said, we have a plan!

These new raised beds will be the answer to our gardening dilemmas; we will achieve a garden that friends will envy. Actually we will be happy with a garden that we can be proud of ourselves, and hopefully we will be able to share with our friends, but only after I have canned 'til my hearts delight!

I think, above all else, that is my driving ambition behind wanting this darn garden so bad! I want those rows upon rows of filled glass gems lining my basement shelves, the same shelves that have sat barren for years. I want to taste the garden goodness well into the winter months, when your not supposed have those goodies available to grace your plate.

So, here we go again for another try at our garden, with high hopes for an overflowing garden full of all the veggies we could possibly imagine!

Pest Control Handled by Nature

Every year, right around the peak of spring, we do a whole bunch of yard clean up work in our front yard. It’s usually in that period around Mothers day when we pick up a few trays of annuals at our local nursery and it usually takes the good part of a weekend to do. This year was no exception in that regard.

Annuals flowering on the wall.

An interesting thing happened this year when I got to this part of the garden though. It’s one of my favorite places because it's all Columbines that self seed and get bigger every year. As I was cleaning up, I was wondering why the flowers didn't look quite right this year. So I looked a little closer.

Flowers infested with aphids.

Holy Crap! Infestation! The aphids were here and they were here in force!

Now it's not uncommon for me to get some aphids. Not even uncommon to find them out in force from time to time and I deal with the problems as they arise. This was by far the earliest and most intense infestation that I've ever had though.

At first glance I found that almost all the columbines on this side of the garden were under siege. In fact, I was about to break into the organic pesticide. I rarely ever do that, but this just seemed overwhelming. Before I did, I luckily looked a little closer and found something incredible. An ecosystem had developed right there.

Because of the abundant food supply, the ladybugs (Yes I know they're not bugs, they're beetles. That's the name I grew up with so that's what I call ’em OK?) had moved in and were reproducing like rabbits. They are natural predators to the aphid, so I thought it best to let them do their work. Also, I'm willing to sacrifice a few flowers in order to foster a healthy population of these beneficial insects for the rest of the season.

In that vein I decided to remove all the flower stalks from the plants and place them upside down in a bucket, then off to the trash. They were the most infested part of the plant so I wanted to give the beetles a head start on clearing them up. Aphids generally don’t have wings, although they can develop them for purposes of relocating when the food source is endangered or depleted, so I wasn’t worried about them coming out of the trash and returning. Don't worry, there were plenty left for the bugs to feed on.

WARNING ... EXPLICIT photos follow ...

Ok, they’re not really “explicit”, but I did find a regular lady bug love fest happening on some of the under story branches as I was pruning them.

Explicit photos of lady bugs.

I kind of felt a little peeping Tom-ish for taking these, but in the interest of education I'm willing to go the extra mile for you.

Peeping at ladybird beetles

And this is "The act." If you look closely you'll see the two bodies of the beetles protruding from under their wing covers. And that kids, is how the birds and the beetles goes... MMMM K?

Lady bug and her eggs.

Here you can see the collection of yellow egg sacks lain neatly under a leaf and Mom heading off to eat more aphids no doubt.

Caterpillar that turns into a lady bug.

So then, who’s this handsome little guy? Well, he is the larvae form of the Ladybird beetle. From this phase it'll go through a pupa phase and then emerge as the lady bug that we're all familiar with. So, if you see these guys crawling around the garden, they are your friend!

In the Short term, I had to make a concession to the aphids in that I gave up my flowers for this year. I have others. The bigger point is found in the long term view however. In that perspective I've helped to foster a natural ecosystem and life cycle that will benefit me and my garden later this year.

If the problem had persisted, I’d have had to go to the next step which, to me, would be to entirely cut off all green growth and let the plant try again. I’m happy to say however that this battle seems to have gone in my favor. The aphids have moved on to other plants where the battle continues but are in no where near the same numbers. And as for the lady bugs, well, I’ve seen more this year so far that I think I have in quite a few springs. So far so good I’d say!

All the best.

Paul~

You can reach Paul Gardener by email, or check his personal blog at A posse ad esse 

 

Garden Planning with Lacy

Gardening in a mason jar

Josh and Lacy RazorWe love gardening but I wouldn't say that we are pros.  I'm fascinated by the term "expert gardener" since I think it is an oxymoron similar to the classics: government organization, adult male, affordable housing, cable service, and decaffeinated coffee.  The simple fact that we, as gardeners, are always learning makes even the best gardener an amateur in the face of dramatic weather changes, invasive insect pests, and blights.  When gardening: expect the unexpected.

I love oxymorons.

Each year, we must pull a Tiger Woods and rethink our strategy.  We spend the off-season studying up, aching over plant placement, sunlight, drainage, soil composition, and potential hazards.  We draw from the lessons learned in years past as well.  Let me waltz you through our basic garden start-up pictorally (and with steady commentary from yours truly, after all it is my GRIT.com soapbox):

Making a garden plan

We plan out where and when we are planting each vegetable (I painted it with watercolors because I have entirely too much time on my hands) and then set up a table in the driveway to fill the minigreenhouses with seed starting soil and seeds.

Waiting to sprout

We start our seeds in minigreenhouses.  These often grace the shelves of large hardware and gardening stores.  We love them.  I use them year after year in my kitchen window.

Mini greenhouses in the kitchen window

Shouldn't every window look like this?  Why doesn't Southern Living or Better Homes and Gardens show this stuff?

Plants protected with mason jars

When we can no longer keep the lids on the minigreeenhouses without bending the seedlings, we transfer them out to the garden and cover them with wide mouth canning jars.  These work as makeshift gardening cloches (which can be read about in the GRIT article, "Get Your Garden Growing Early").  It only makes sense to use canning jars because the produce will ultimately end up in those jars anyway.  Why not?

As the garden grows, I'll be showing you some of our tricks to getting more plants in less space.  In the meantime, I'm offering one lucky commenter a copy of Little Heathens: Hard Times and High Spirits on an Iowa Farm During the Great Depression.  How about that?

Want more Lacy? Check out  Razor Family Farms !

Hoop House Construction Halted

KC ComptonThis structure might look a little unsightly to the casual observer, particularly in its current unfinished state. To me, it’s gorgeous because it represents ... TOMATOES!!! Lots and lots of tomatoes. 

My neighbor, Ken Krause, has studied the market, tested the waters and jumped in to the heirloom tomato business this spring. The hoop house (also known as a high-tunnel greenhouse, I believe) will give him a jump-start on the tomatoes’ life-cycle, free of disruption by Kansas’ wacky spring and early summer weather. Aforementioned weather can include, but is not limited to, snow, sleet, wind, frost, hot sun, and rain that dumps out of the sky all at once instead of pattering gently on the landscape.

Hoop house at current state

It was the latter that has kept the hoop house in this state of construction for more than a week. Last Thursday the skies opened and, off and on for several hours, “rain bands” whooshed through. They seemed more like flood bands because they absolutely drenched the landscape, then drenched it again and again.

A Kansas sunrise over the water

I should have taken some photos the next day but I would have had to wear hip waders.  The row boat, which is usually moored on a little dock on the north side of the big pond, ended up in the second row of trees in the orchard – on the south side of the pond. 

What this meant for the hoop house project was essentially a standstill because the ground was so soaked that even a ladder would sink into the muck – and don’t even think about what the cherry-picker would do in all that mud and mire. 

The weather’s given us a little break this week, however, and the guys are supposed to be back today to finish putting the plastic over the high tunnel’s ribs. Good thing – a couple hundred little baby tomato plants arrived yesterday and they won’t live forever on top of Nancy’s big freezer.

A season for hope

Nothing clears the mind (and messes up the hair) like a ride in the back of a friend’s convertible. It was such a gorgeous spring day yesterday I couldn’t resist the invitation to “cruise” down the boulevard with three of my co-workers. We all needed to get away from our desks and clear our minds. It was the perfect antidote.

On the way back to work, my friend who was driving cranked up the radio and we hollered and laughed, enjoying the last few moments of our lunch hour.

Spring has a tendency to bring out the kid in all of us. There’s something about the rising temperatures after our confinement from the cold winter months that draws us outside and causes us to be a little giddy.

I’m not totally opposed to winter. I do like snow, the holidays, snuggling under a blanket and the frosty chill in the air. But when I feel the mercury starting to rise, see flowers poking through the ground and the trees starting to bud, I rejoice in the promise of warmer weather.

The other day, a pair of house finches checked out the light fixture on my front porch. It seems to be a popular place for them to make their nest. They’re also attracted to the wreath just outside my front door. The robins, however, seem to prefer the flower pots.  As long as the neighborhood cats stay away, my porch becomes a nursery for baby birds every spring.

baby robin

For weeks now, I’ve heard birds chattering joyfully, heralding the advent of spring. I get a little annoyed on Saturday mornings though when I’m trying to sleep late and the sparrows and starlings seem to be having an argument just outside my bedroom window.

I always feel sorry for the robins when they make their return on a warm day and then a cold snap comes along. When that happens, I’m sure they wonder if they took a wrong turn or didn’t look at the calendar correctly.

As soon as the spring shows its happy face, the gardener in me comes out. I love flowers and when I took over the yard work after my dad died, I discovered how therapeutic gardening can be. 

Iris

I just finished proofreading an article (that will be in an upcoming issue of our sister magazine, GRIT ) about kitchen gardens. Now I want to sprinkle herbs and vegetable seeds in with my flowers, so I can have a functional as well as an aesthetic garden. That’s my hope anyway.

Spring is a season of hope. It reminds us that the winter in our hearts won’t last forever. It’s a promise of a new beginning and renewed possibilities. It is a season in which we celebrate the Resurrection of our Lord Jesus, our Eternal Hope.

I hope I never stop appreciating a beautiful spring day and the uplifting feeling I get from observing the signs of the season.

How about you? Does spring bring out the child in you? What do you like to do when spring appears? Let me know.

Peppers Planted

Debbie NowickiThe month of March brings exciting happenings in the world of gardening. We “spring ahead” by turning our clocks forward an hour in March to usher in the arrival of Spring and with this much anticipated arrival, we begin to start planning and planting our seeds! Starting seeds is a ritual that brings pure excitement to the gardener’s soul! The basic ingredients necessary are soil, seed, water and light.

My herb seeds were started a few weeks ago and the lettuce seed indoors just recently. This week the peeper seeds found a home in the soil and will be under my watchful eye until I see the first sprout and then until they are transplanted outside.

Peppers are relatively easy to grow and they claim their space in the garden and stay there … they don’t roam all over or invade the space of others. I found that they do take a little longer to germinate but once established they are a hardy plant and a good candidate for the first time garden grower. There are many varieties to choose from and sweetness versus hotness is one of the main components when deciding which pepper to grow.

Peppers

My pepper list this year includes; Red Mini, Jimmy Nardello, Marconi, Tam Jalapeno, Alma Paprika, Long Cayenne, Purple Beauty and Padron. All I have grown in previous years; except the Purple Beauty, first year for this one. I planted or potted up the seeds two different ways; either in individual pots or in a whole flat. The reason I did this is there are several varieties I hope to grow in mass quantities; such as the Jalapeno for canning:

Basket of canned peppers

the Cayenne for drying and the Alma Paprika for roasting and making soup or freezing for later use. These I planted in a full tray and scattered many seeds in the soil, covered with plastic and set under the grow lights. The other pepper types are planted in individual pots (4-5 seeds in each one).

Pots of pepper seeds under the lights

The Red Mini Peppers are exactly that – Mini! Each plant produces a good quantity of small peppers and they remind me of the typical green pepper just a smaller version.

Mini red peppers

When left to turn red they are very sweet and useful for salads since you don’t have to cut up a whole larger pepper. These I also cut in half, disposed of the seeds and froze as is. The Marconi Pepper is another sweet pepper and a real treat; left on the plant to turn red they are delicious.

Macaroni peppers

The Marconi grows to about 5-6 inches in length and I snacked on them fresh and also used them for stuffed pepper dinners.

The Cayenne and Jalapeno along with the Padron are hot peppers and caution needs to be taken when handling the seeds and also the harvest during the season.

Cayenne and jalapeno peppers

I dried the Cayenne by stringing them up using needle and thread through the stem and once dried I loaded them in the blender and processed into flakes and powder. I did try to dry the Jalapeno in the same manner, but they molded first, so canning was the solution for them. They can also be frozen whole or cut in half; same goes for the Padron which was a bit of a shocker first time around. I saw them advertised on tv as an appetizer and the seed catalog promotes them by saying “one out of 10” is hot, the others are mild. Not so in my garden! Every single one of these Padrons packed a super hot punch! The trick we found was when we harvested them and the size they were. If rather small, about an inch in size, they are neutral. Once they grow past that point, it’s all heat! I witnessed grown men crying over these peppers!

Pedron pepper

The heat scale on these peppers is based on my tolerance for hotness which is pretty low, so others may think a pepper is mild or hardly hot when they make me scream!

I really fell in love with the Alma Paprika Peppers – they can be harvested at 3 different stages.

Alma paprika peppers

In the beginning when they are yellow they are quite hot and they mellow out as they turn orange and then finally red. The flavor is a spicy hotness that adds just the right kick to recipes. I roasted these peppers and used them in tomato pepper soup; made in batches and froze for later enjoyment. The tomato hornworm took a liking to these peppers down south and ate quite a few in my absence.

Any of these peppers can be roasted and the procedure is as follows: rub oil on the peppers and put them under the broiler until blackened (the skins will bubble up a bit) I cut them in half so I didn’t have to keep turning them once in the oven. Remove them from the oven and place in a paper bag and seal for 15 minutes – this allows the peel to come right off and the core and seeds fall out. Chop the peppers and add to recipe.

Roasted Red Pepper and Tomato Soup
1 teaspoon oil
1 onion, chopped
2 cloves garlic, minced
3 red bell peppers (or equivalent other type)
4 large tomatoes – peeled, seeded and chopped
1 ½ teaspoons dried thyme
2 teaspoons paprika
6 cups chicken broth
Dash of hot pepper sauce and/or ground cayenne pepper (not necessary if using hot peppers)
Roast peppers. Cook onion and garlic in oil about 5 minutes. Stir in tomato and peppers, thyme & paprika.
Cook until tomato juices have evaporated, about 25 minutes.
Stir in chicken stock, bring to a boil. Lower heat and simmer for 25 minutes. At this point you can strain the soup, reserving broth. Blend the solids in a blender until smooth and add back to the broth. Melt 2 tablespoons of butter and 1 ½ tablespoons of flour, cooking for 1 minute. Stirring slowing add the broth mixture and simmer for 10 minutes.

Get Growing with a Seed Starter

Tonight I finally got around to bringing my newly designed and built seed starter down into the basement where I'll have it set up until I'm done getting starts going; probably until mid May at least. I'm going to just put up a bunch of pictures (since that's really the best way to explain it don't you think?) and explain myself as I go.

Seed starter ready for storage

The main requirement for this project, outside of the obvious functionality of the starter, was that I could disassemble and store it with relative ease in a minimum amount of space. Above is the framework of the starter minus the lights. The trays are roughly two feet wide by 4 feet long, and the long boards that make up the legs are just shy of six feet long. The leg boards are "L" shaped and nest inside each other.

Pieces ready for assembly

Here they are all laid out just before my wife and I assembled it. The process is simple, attach the bottom shelf loosely to all four legs and then move your way up. It's a two person job, but in a pinch a single person could do it.

Wingnut and carriage bolt

This is the set up that the whole shi-bang is held together with. It's a 2 1/2 inch long carriage bolt with a washer, lock washer and wing nut for easy hand assembly.

Seed starter from the top

This is a view from the top of one of the legs so that you can see how the legs and the shelves attach. Below is a picture of the shelf from the inside.

Seed starter shelf from the inside

I lined the bottoms of the two shelves that will hold plants with plastic sheeting because I didn't want to accidentally spill water over the sides and have it drip out the bottom onto either the flooring or the fluorescent lamps.

Seed starter light bulbs

And speaking of which, these are the brand/s of lamps that I am using. One gives a high number of lumens but is heavy on the red spectrum of light (kitchen and bath) while the other will fill the gaps in the blue spectrum.

Plants started and waiting

Mind you, they're not professional bulbs or anything, but hey...they do put out a good bit of light! I have two lamps per shelf for a total of four. Each shelf can hold 192 individual plants or 48 plastic four packs. Total I'll be able to have up to 384 plants started at one time. Woo hoo!!

Seed starter by Paul

And last but by no means least...here it is; my starter. I only have one shelf loaded so far, but I'll be able to get my cabbages and broccoli started to supplement what I direct sow into the ground soon. The bottom shelf will have the later season stuff like tomatoes, peppers eggplants and such. Then I'll spread them out amongst the two shelves as they get bigger.

Spring is here!! I don't care what the weather man tells me. When I start seeds and I can turn my soil like I did today...spring’s here!! Time to get growing!

Hope all your seeds are sprouting well.

P~

The Freedom Garden

 

The place of the American garden, at least inasmuch as it has become a societal movement from time to time in our history, was outlined beautifully by GRIT editor Hank Will in his blog post on how gardening is good for the soul. The point as I saw it, of the article, was that there is just something about being able to get our hands into the soil and to coax from it a thing as tangible and basic to life as healthy, nutritious food for very little cost, that is good for our soul. I couldn’t agree more! As he outlined our recent history of war gardens, victory gardens and urban collective gardens I found myself thinking that this has been a phenomenon that has largely come about since the time of the industrial revolution when we, as a nation, began to separate ourselves from our agrarian roots. It was natural then, when wars or depression or economic necessity dictated it, that we would gravitate toward something that could bring us together and provide us comfort. Being able to feed ourselves and being able to bless others with food can do this like few other things.

Hank made the statement, in his previous post, that he didn’t “know what to call the new wave of gardening frenzy, but [does] know that it is exciting, and will, no doubt, play a role in healing our culture.” To this I replied “Freedom Gardens” and it has sparked a great conversation I think. He’s asked that I give a little background on how this name for a movement came about so I’ll do my best.

Let me give you a little background. In my first post here at GRIT, I talked about how I had had an awakening within myself. When I realized that, while I was depressed about not being able to drop everything and move to  the country and have myself a farm, I was squandering the land that I already had right in my backyard. That epiphany changed the whole way I looked at gardening. My mind had been limited to growing a garden as merely a hobby, while the “real” farming required having acres of land and tractors and so on. The ability to look at my own small .25 acre suburban lot as an urban farm of sorts came about quite by accident when I stumbled onto the website of the Dervaes family in Pasadena CA called Path to Freedom. There I found the story of a family that not only gardened on their tenth of an acre lot in the heart of Pasadena (hardly the country) but was actively supporting themselves through their efforts both physically, in that they largely ate from their garden, and financially in that they had a thriving niche market selling their excess to local markets and chefs. That’s right, excess food from a 10th of an acre lot. It’s not unimaginable when you consider that they regularly average over 6000 lbs of food from that same 10th of an acre.

As we faced issues at the beginning of 2008 of global climate change, increasing costs of oil (which by the way is the basis of all of our commercial “inputs” like fertilizers, pesticides, etc.), regular warnings about tainted foods in our stores and economic pressures that were starting to limit our food buying power the Dervaes family launched a site called “Freedom Gardens” and with it put a name to a movement that was already beginning to form not only here at home, but world wide. Whether you’re a young family trying to make ends meet or a rural farmer that want’s to not just grow commercial crops but actual food as well or a suburban parent worried about the future of the earth for your kids this is a movement for you. If you’re a city dweller who wants to eat organic foods but can’t afford the exorbitant costs at the whole foods stores or someone worried about providing consistent, healthy food to your family in the event of a crisis then this is a movement for you.

The point, I think, is this; gardens ARE good for our souls. Not merely because they’re therapeutic or because they provide healthy foods or even because they give us a hedge against lean times but rather because, if you look at the big picture, they offer us that thing that we all crave so dearly. They offer that thing that drove our founding fathers to strike out on their own. They offer Freedom.

If I sound a bit zealous, well, that’s because I am. I was able to have my eyes opened for me to a world of possibilities a few years back, and returning the favor has been a large part of the reason I write. I hope you find success in your own freedom gardens no matter the size or scope and would love to hear about your efforts. In the event you decide to check further into the Freedom Gardens online community (which is totally free btw.) please drop by and say hi to me. You can find me there as “CornerGardener” and I’d love to help you find your way around.

P~

You can reach Paul Gardener by email, or check his personal blog at A posse ad esse

Gardening is Good for the Soul

War Garden Poster

It might be that I grew up in a seed-producing family, or that I had the privilege of biting into North Dakota grown tomatoes right from the field … still warm from the sun. It might also be that the miracle of drawing food from the earth, using little more than a tiny seed and a bit of effort, captivated me from the very beginning. Perhaps I am genetically predisposed to raise a crop because my ancestors, and theirs, in turn, did just that. In any case, I discovered at a very young age that vegetable gardening is good for the soul.

Many eloquent essays have been written on the healing powers the act of gardening possesses; urban planners in New York City learned that community gardens were not worthless areas of idyllic pastoral tranquility, but the glue that bonded people of different experience, ethnicity and social stratum into an amalgam of healthy urban culture. They learned the lesson the hard way with the DOME garden project on west 84th street. Community gardening, minimizes differences and heals hurts. Community gardening is good for the soul.

During the First World War, the National War Garden Commission was formed in the United States; its mission was to promote gardening, ostensibly as an act of patriotism. The American workforce was engaged in producing materiel; farmers were headed off to active duty by the thousands. Armies needed to be fed, but every bit as important, those left behind needed to be fed … and they needed to know they were doing their part. The War Garden program brought the most likely and unlikely of people together. They collectively took up the cause and planted gardens in unlikely and likely War Gardens Victoriousplaces. The 1918 effort produced more than $500-million in homegrown food.  No doubt War Gardening did much to keep the country marching on, but it also brought people together and helped heal their suffering souls.

During the Great Depression, gardening again became a matter of life for many folks. Unemployed and unappreciated souls found physical and psychological solace in stirring the soil and nurturing their own nourishment from the earth. Early psychologists reported that humans thrived when there was a firm connection between culture and nature … they prescribed gardening as therapy for malaise. Vegetable gardening was good for depression-era souls.

The Second World War helped bring about an end to the Great Depression; the Victory Garden served as a rallying cry for those left at home. Like the War Gardens before them, Victory Gardens produced a phenomenal amount of food. Victory Gardening was good for the soul, and the country, in spite of the fact that it lacked economies of scale.

Today’s economic climate offers an excellent excuse to get gardening once again; it’s already beginning to happen in a somewhat organized fashion. The new program … a grass-roots program at that … is called Freedom Gardening. Freedom Gardens bring the concept of Victory Gardens into the 21st century and take it one paradigm further by suggesting that we grow our own food no matter what the economic climate is. GRIT blogger Paul Gardner turned me on to this movement. I hope he will post a blog about how the concept developed and got off the ground.

1919 Oscar Will catalog back cover: Feed the world.

In the meantime, grab all the seed catalogs you can. Get all the good information available. And at the very least plant a single-crop garden this year. Take it from me, and millions of others around the globe. Gardening is good for the soul.

1935 Dollar Home Garden Offer from Oscar Will Co.

The Three Sisters of Life

My fellow GRIT bloggers are quite a creative bunch, and I’ve learned quite a lot from them during the short time I’ve been blogging here. I’ve learned how to build various styles of chicken coops, (though I have no chickens); I’ve learned how to make soap and can apples; I’ve read about the trials and successes of homesteading and starting a farm. There are mulefoot hogs, jujubes, and black bear stories; book and movie reviews, and a narrow escape from a tire flying through a window. The bloggers allow us to see into their lives through their stories, and share with us places we’ve never been, and things we’ve never seen. From the knowledge of their experience, we learn. The readers who take the time to comment on these blogs and share their own experiences, enrich the stories and make them grow. It’s a lot like gardening in a way: gardeners teach what they’ve learned – often by “trowel” and error; they share from their own gardens, and pass along traditions in order that others may benefit. With Thanksgiving just a few days away, I thought I’d pass along a story of tradition; it’s a story that begins in a garden and is about the sharing of knowledge. It’s the Legend of the Three Sisters.

In 1621, a three-day feast was held by the pilgrims to celebrate a bountiful harvest, and to give thanks to the Native Americans who shared their knowledge and taught the pilgrims how and what to plant in this new land. Along with the pilgrims and Native Americans, the Three Sisters were in attendance at this celebratory feast, and without them there would have been no party.

The Three Sisters of Life are corn, beans, and squash, and they were a staple of the Native Americans’ diet. Legends say these sisters are inseparable; one only thrives with the others near. They must be planted together; they must be eaten together. Planting corn, beans, and squash in the same mound was a tradition practiced by many Native American farming societies and dates back to ancient Mesoamerica.

The Three Sisters: Corn, Beans, and Squash

Ceremonies and festivals were held in honor of the Three Sisters; planting and harvest times were especially important. Rituals and knowledge were passed down from one generation to the next, preserving the tradition for centuries – knowledge such as what the Native Americans told the settlers: "when the oak leaves grow to the size of a squirrel’s ear – then it’s time to plant."

Planting these vegetables together benefits both the plants and people. The corn stalks provide a pole for the beans to climb. The beans help stabilize the corn from wind, and beans fix nitrogen on their roots, improving the quality of the soil. Squash vines act as mulch, shading and smothering weeds, and help keep the soil cool and moist. All three were turned back into the soil to add organic matter, improving its fertility and structure. The three eaten together supply nearly all nutritional requirements a body needs.

Had the Native Americans not given their gardening knowledge, and the gift of the Three Sisters of Life, the pilgrims may not have survived. It’s quite possible there would have been no first Thanksgiving. Today, Thanksgiving is a holiday rich in traditions; it’s a time of sharing, and being thankful for the bounty we enjoy – not only the bounty spread on the table, but the bounty of family and friends.

I’d like to wish everyone in the GRIT family – my fellow bloggers and readers, and the wonderful GRIT staff – a Happy Thanksgiving.

A Country State of Mind

I’d love to own a farm.

There are very few days that I get up and go off to work as a computer programmer that I don’t wish I was just throwing on my overalls and heading off to a day working the earth, feeling it between my hands, smelling it. I’d rather be tending animals, building relationships with them as I master the role of steward and gain understanding of how lives are intertwined. But for now, I head off to an office and code away my day. It’s a normal life; one not unlike most people around us. I make a good living and we have a nice home in the suburbs a little ways north of Salt Lake City Utah. All around us are more average homes with green lawns, a few flowers and maybe a dog or cat, and you know what? There’s nothing wrong with that; the suburbs have been given a bit of a bad wrap I think. Yeah, they have some shortcomings, close proximity, nosey neighbors and the dreaded Home Owners Association, but over all they’ve been exactly what we wanted them to be, safe, clean, stable neighborhoods with decent proximity to everything we need at this point in our lives. So it warrants the question, what can a person that wants to work more closely with the earth and its creatures do while their stuck in Suburbia? The answer: Quite a bit actually.

Paul's suburbian garden

Is it a farm? No. But truth be told, if I did have a farm tomorrow, I wouldn’t know everything that I would need to do to maintain it anyway. I’m a city kid, or more to the point, a beach bum. Yes I know I said I live in Utah, and yes the Salt Lake does have what some consider beaches, but I grew up on the beaches of Southern California about as far away from farm life as one could imagine, so really I’ll always be a bit of beach bum truth be told. The point is that as much as I’ve always felt a calling to grow things and to have my hands in the earth, and I have felt it, I’ve never had an opportunity to learn how to do it. So when, a couple of years ago, my families circumstances led us down a path that brought us to a closer relationship with our food and our surroundings, I began truly yearn for that idyllic little piece of acreage with the barn and the fields where we could begin to provide more for ourselves. Unfortunately, we were not yet in a position to try and do something like that, nor could I see it on the horizon. I began to feel like I may never be able to have my dream place as I imagined it and honestly become quite depressed about it. Then I had the awakening. “You fool,” I thought, “You’re complaining about not having the land you want, that you wouldn’t even know how to work anyway, while you’re squandering the land that you do have…why not use it to its maximum potential and learn a few things along the way?” And so began a process of transforming our lives.

We had a little bit of a garden, a very little bit, and we decided to start improving and expanding it. We’d us it to use it to learn how plants, earth and insects related to each other and how we could grow things organically and efficiently. We wanted to keep chickens too, but they were currently illegal in our zoning, so along with some support from other neighbors and some lobbing of the city planning commission and council, we got the laws changed and now have a healthy flock that provides us with daily eggs as well as organic soil amendments.

Chickens in the garden

This year we managed to get over 500 lbs of food from our yard growing in a little less than 400 sq feet of garden as well as some 450 or so eggs. We’ve added another couple of hundred square feet again this year and expect to expand it again in the spring by about another 2-300 sq feet as we move into our front yard a bit. We’re also learning how to preserve and keep all of this bounty and to cook healthy and simple foods. Oh we still have a frozen pizza from time to time, and you will indeed find “sugar cereal” in our pantry, but we’re learning a lot more of the old ways of doing things and how to make things from scratch and loving doing it. It’s made our family a little more secure, and brought us a little closer to each other I think. We’ve seen what’s possible and now we want to show it to others.

I’ll be focusing on a lot of the small scale side of things that really separates me from some of my fellow writers here at Grit. I’d love to be in the country one day, but for now I think that the country life style is really more of a mind set than a location. I’ve decide that I’ll focus on what’s possible for me where I’m at, learn a few things along the way, and see where I end up. Maybe I can help you see what’s possible where you’re at too. Either way, I think it’ll be a great time!

P~

You can reach Paul Gardener by email, or check his personal blog at A posse ad esse.

Pumpkins, Gourds and Squash

For the past month the pumpkin farms near and far are in full swing! Carnival rides, petting zoos, haunted houses, apple cider and homemade fudge … fall fun at its best! The many different varieties of pumpkins – miniature, white and striped, to name a few – are quite different from what I remember growing up. We would shop for our one pumpkin (maybe two) and the family would make an event of carving the design and roasting the seeds. In recent years, I have enjoyed painting designs on the pumpkins and have expanded my designs to include a few gourds. This year I approached the pumpkin farm differently.

Ideas abound

This time around, I was looking for unique pumpkins to grow next year in the garden, and I found a few.

Unique looks for next year

Healthy fall pumpkin 

I also became quite fascinated with gourds and more so now that I actually have some drying.

Various gourds

The drying time differs with each individual gourd based on the size and thickness of the skin. I did end up with one swan gourd from my own garden and also purchased two others along with apple gourds, a huge bushel gourd and a handful of miniature ornamental gourds. I have several books on the subject of gourds and after the drying takes place, they have to be cleaned and made ready to work into pieces of art; in my case it will be a bowl or vase. As I patiently wait for them to dry, I am brushing up on my painting skills so I can apply some impressive techniques. The American Gourd Society has chapters in most states and membership along with a wealth of information about gourds and creating artwork and functional pieces. Another organization, Decorative Painters, is dedicated to painting skills and teaching techniques.

Luffa, also known as the sponge gourd, is not a true gourd. It is currently in the final stages of drying on the vines in the garden from earlier this year.

Sponge gourd

I had quite a successful crop last summer and made luffa soap for Christmas gifts and will do the same this year, since I am receiving requests for it already! Once the luffa skin dries, it can be peeled away to reveal the sponge within. The seeds are removed and the sponge is washed, dried and cut into pieces to work with.

Blue luffa 

As for squash in my gardens, zucchini has always been a regular member producing plenty to keep my mind searching for new and interesting recipes! Zucchini is a summer squash and another that did very well in the garden this past season was yellow scallop squash.

Yellow scallop squash

The summer squash has a thinner skin and can be eaten raw, whereas, winter squash has a much harder skin and should be baked or steamed in the microwave. Winter squash lasts longer than summer squash and can keep up to several months in a cool cellar to be eaten all winter long. Discovering new varieties of winter squash is presently occupying my time as I browse around for gourds and pumpkins. So far delicata squash is my favorite and I made sure to purchase enough to cook up and take to our Thanksgiving dinner so the whole family can experience a new and different dish!

Delicata squash 

Sweet mama buttercup was the chosen squash to try this weekend along with butternut.

Delicata, butternut, and sweet mama buttercup squash

We did pick up three more types, and those that I really enjoy I will be saving the seed and growing next year. Delicata is definitely a winner!

Gold nugget, hubbard, and sweet dumpling

Pumpkins, gourds and squash need a large space of the garden to grow. Some varieties grow in a bush manner, but most develop vines, and the vines can reach many feet in length. A trellis or some type of support is recommended for those that don’t become too heavy as they grow. Regular watering and a watchful eye for pests is about all that is needed to grow a successful crop.

Good Junque

The corbelI’ve acquired a concrete corbel. I’m not sure yet what I’m going to do with it; right now it sits in one of the gardens and it just might end up staying there, filling up a hole where nothing is growing at the moment. I didn’t purchase the corbel; someone else had set it out for the trash.

Yes, I admit it, I’m a trash collector. I pick up junk that no one wants, and sets out on the side of the road for the garbage trucks. “Junque" is the word I prefer – ok, so it’s pronounced the same as “junk,” but it looks better ... more chic; less trashy maybe. And admitting I collect it is actually not much of an admission because everyone knows it. Even my boss, who used to laugh and scoff at the idea of picking up stuff by the side of the road, will come back from a job site with something in hand; a door from a barn, a piece of statuary or pottery the client didn't want anymore – all sorts of stuff. Sometimes the junque he brings me is even too junky for me and it ends up in the dumpster, and sometimes he'll tell me there's junk in the dumpster, and I should go take a look. He’s the one that brought me the corbel ... along with a couple of pots for his wife, and an only slightly rickety, but otherwise in good condition Adirondack chair for another co-worker.

My friend calls this junque "Ju-ju," and it is usually prefaced with the adjective "good" when she speaks of it. She has alerted me to it's presence by phone announcement, like some Blue-Light Special coming over the intercom at K-Mart, "Good ju-ju on the corner of Cherry and Superior - you better get there quick," which means she's already picked through it. There are certain things I always look for, and can not resist: any type of container that I can use as a planter, old wooden furniture, and solid wood paneled doors – a bonus if the fancy old iron hinges and doorknobs are still attached. My door collection is a running joke with my husband, Keith. He says the doors are cluttering up his garage, and wonders what I am going to do with them all? I don’t know; someday I’ll find a use for them ... maybe. Until then they’re not taking up that much space.

I rarely visit yard sales or flea markets; it’s just not the same thrill as finding something that’s already been discarded, and then dragging it home. As my daughter, Shelby once said, "Mom, yard sales are just Ju-Ju with a price tag." Junque is free; free is good.

Hard-good materials are often the greatest expense in garden projects. Brick, stone, and concrete are pricey. Add a few pieces of garden ornament, and the bill gets even larger. High costs can be avoided by using recycled materials: old bricks, broken concrete, even pieces of curbing. Hundreds, maybe thousands, of discarded old bricks edge my gardens. Wooden furniture, pottery, an old farming implement, (my ninety year old neighbor says it's a potato planter), eventually made it out of the garage or basement and into the yard – much to my garage-space impaired husband’s relief.

I’ve used some of these collected pieces of trash as a solution to a problem area of the yard. What’s the quickest way off a side-door stoop? When you’re a kid, it’s not down the steps; it’s jumping off the side – right into a small patch of asparagus, chives, and parsley. This little add-on to the main vegetable garden not only created a nice landing zone for the girls jumping off the stoop in order to cut across the backyard, the ninety degree angle from one garden to the next was difficult to mow.

I used a slated wooden piece, the two halves held together with a strip of rubber sandwich-board style. (I have no idea what its original purpose was – I just picked it up off the side of the road because it looked interesting.) Keith painted it white, and I secured the piece into the ground with landscape staples and used an old porch newel as the corner piece. The “picket fence” stops the girls from jumping off the stoop and into the asparagus patch. Broken concrete pavers and pieces of old curbing, with the cracks between filled with sand, dubs as faux flagstone, takes care of the hard-to-mow angle, and makes a nice place a place to set potted plants.

Saving the asparagus

This spring’s junque project was my daughters’ idea. They wanted a secret garden, and drew a plan to turn our 2/3 acre ravine into a wondrous, enchanted place with stone paths leading to hidden garden rooms, multi-tiered waterfalls, and a tree-house with enough turrets to rival Ludwig’s Castle.

What they got was a 12 x 12 corner of the ravine under a maple tree. This consists of a “flagstone” sitting area made from broken concrete pavers fitted together, surrounded by divisions of hosta, lady’s mantle, black-eyed susans, and daylilies. The top of a bird bath missing its base, sets on an over-turned pot. An American elderberry is planted in a retaining wall made with a semi-circle of brick that was once part of an old well I dragged home, and a Gro-Lo fragrant sumac cascades down the slope. A permanently open wrought-iron “gate” was made from the two separated halves of a corner plant stand that I dismantled, and welcomes one through the entrance. The border is lined with boulders from a neighbor’s father’s quarry. Cannas and potted annuals fill out the area until the perennials fill in.

The Secret Garden

Plans to expand the small garden are set for next year ... or as soon as we find another piece of junque to add to it. The whole garden cost nearly nothing – even the plants were free; divided or moved from other areas of the yard. The rewards of seeing my girls work together to come up with a plan, watching my youngest, Shannon, as she helped plant with me, and spending an afternoon with Shelby at local antique markets scouting out a bench, (the garden’s only expense: $15.00), was priceless.

So next time you come across some junk set out as trash, stop and take a look. Ponder how it could be used in your garden. Can’t come up with a plan on the spot? Take it home and ponder some more. Store it in your garage until your spouse threatens to set it out for the garbage truck, and if you still can’t figure out what to do with it, send it my way. One person’s trash is another woman’s junque.

Garden “Scent”iments

It’s that time of year when everything is coming up roses – time to get our spring rose order ready for next season.  It’s so hard to narrow the field down to the forty or so varieties we’ll carry at the nursery.  We pour over the catalogs; which new varieties are “must-haves”; do we really need hybrid teas – they tend to be fussier, and less hardy here than shrub roses, climbers, ground-covers, or the can’t-kill-it-if-you-tried rugosas. We must have at least a few teas, though; when some people think of roses, they have pictured in their minds a tea-rose – the kind of long-stemmed perfect roses that are ordered in floral shops for special occasions. Are they disease resistant, and with clean foliage? Do they re-bloom? Are they fragrant? These are all things that must be considered when placing the order. I’d love to be able look at the garden with rose-colored glasses and find no skeletonized leaves ... it’d be nice if they’d develop a rose that is resistant to Japanese beetles. Oh, and let’s not forget the long-time favorites – ‘William Baffin,’ ‘Therese Bugnet,’ ‘Double Delight,’ ‘Westerland,’ ‘The Fairy,’ and ‘Knockout,’ a bright cherry-red, she’s a real looker, putting out nonstop from June until frost.

That’s not the description of ‘Knockout’ found in the catalog; it’s accurate, but it’s one of my own. I think it’d be fun to write rose descriptions; many of them found in the catalogs appeal to my corny sense of humor.  There’s ‘Honey Perfume’ – “Bee it honey hued or appealing apricot ... it’s just bee-utiful.”  In the mood for roses … or for something else?  ‘In The Mood’ might be the rose you’re looking for then, because “nothin’ says lovin’ like a red rose … a really red rose that turns up the heat with big round petals virtually dripping with super-saturated redness. Each big buxom blossom holds that very same brilliance until they fall exhausted....”  Rose enthusiasts, and classic rock fans will appreciate ‘Hotel California,’ a rose named after the Eagles song of the same name: “We’re ‘livin’ it up’ with this great large-flowered clear-yellow Hybrid Tea … it comes from the Orard family in central France … ‘such a lovely place.’  If you’re looking for long cutting stems, elegant big buds and glossy foliage, ‘you can find it here’ ... most ‘any time of year.’ So give in and say ‘welcome to the Hotel California.’”

Many roses are named after celebrities.  There’s Julia Child, Barbra Streisand, Bob Hope, Judy Garland, and Ingrid Bergman, just to mention a few. ‘Elizabeth Taylor’ is “shocking deep pink with smoky edges. A showy star, Liz can wow ’em with her flashy hot pink colors, her shapely buds and her prolific production of long-stemmed beauties. And her long-lived flowers will draw a crowd of admirers. But keep an eye on your husband!”  Dolly Parton boasts “big buxom full-figured buds and blooms sparkling with provocative orange-red color that’s saturated with a powerful perfume of sweet rose and spicy cloves. As with its namesake, she performs all the better when the hot lights are blazing down.” I wonder what Liz and Dolly would think if they read these catalog descriptions? Eleanor Roosevelt voiced her opinion on the matter, “I once had a rose named after me and I was very flattered.  But I was not pleased to read the description in the catalogue: ‘no good in a bed, but fine against a wall.’”

There are people that purchase roses based solely on the name. A friend of mine helped me out of a bind when I returned to work after my second daughter was born by watching the girls until a slot opened for the baby at daycare. I wanted to repay her for her generosity. She would not accept money, so because she is a gardener, I gave her a nursery gift certificate. One of the things she chose was a bi-colored hybrid tea rose because of its name. Seven years later, “Double Delight” still flourishes in her garden, and with each bloom she tells me she is reminded of my daughters – who were a ‘double delight’ to watch.

I have Fairy roses in my own garden to represent my girls. I didn’t plant them for this reason, but because a co-worker calls my daughters “pixies,” I think of them when the Fairies bloom. The characteristics of Fairy roses represent my girls’ personalities perfectly – tiny, but tough-as-nails, and so very sweet … when they want to be. 

Fairy Roses

One of the sweetest rose stories I’ve heard happened just a few weeks ago. A woman came into the nursery, and when asked if she needed help, said "I'll know what I’m looking for when I see it.” She found the roses, and purchased eight bushes of a single variety. Her grandfather had just died – he was her ‘Grandma's Blessing,’ the name of the rose she chose. The eight roses were just enough for each of his grandchildren to have in their gardens as a memorial to their grandfather.

Roses or not, gardens aren’t just a mere collection of plants. They are extensions of the lives of the people who tend them. Personalities, family, friends, and memories are reflected in many of the plants we choose to grow. I enjoy stories of sentimental gardens; I’d love to hear yours.


MY COMMUNITY




Pay Now & Save 50% Off the Cover Price

First Name: *
Last Name: *
Address: *
City: *
State/Province: *
Zip/Postal Code:*
Country:
Email:*
(* indicates a required item)
Canadian subs: 1 year, (includes postage & GST). Foreign subs: 1 year, . U.S. funds.
Canadian Subscribers - Click Here
Non US and Canadian Subscribers - Click Here

Live The Good Life with Grit!

For more than 125 years, Grit has helped its readers live more prosperously and happily while emphasizing the importance of community and a rural lifestyle tradition. In each bimonthly issue, Grit includes helpful articles, humorous and inspiring articles, captivating photos, gardening and cooking advice, do-it-yourself projects and the practical reader advice you would expect to find in America’s premier rural lifestyle magazine.

Get your guide to living outside the city limits delivered straight to your mailbox. Subscribe to Grit today!  Simply fill in your information below to receive 1 year (6 issues) of Grit for only $19.95!

SPECIAL BONUS OFFER!

At Grit, we have a tradition of respecting the land that sustains rural America. That’s why we want you to save money and trees by subscribing to Grit through our automatic renewal savings plan. By paying now with a credit card, you save an additional $5 and get 6 issues of Grit for only $14.95 (USA only).

Or, Bill Me Later and send me one year of Grit for just $19.95!